Embed Size (px)
Citation preview
ED 388 567
AUTHORTITLE
INSTITUTION
REPORT NOPUB DATENOTEAVAILABLE FROM
PUB TYPE
EDRS PRICEDESCRIPTORS
DOCUMENT RESUME
SO 025 397
Sorenson, Mary Eileen; And OthersThe United Nations Peace Action Plan. CaseStudy--Cambodia. A Curriculum for Secondary SchoolStudents.United Nations Association of Minnesota,Minneapolis.; United Nations Association of theUnited States of America, New York, N.Y.ISBN-1-880632-15-2Sep 93142p.
United Nations Association of the United States ofAmerica, 485 Fifth Avenue, New York, NY 10017-6104($14.95).Guides Classroom Use Teaching Guides (ForTeacher) (052)
MF01/PC06 Plus Postage.*Civil Liberties; *Civil Rights; Conflict Resolution;Cooperation; Democracy; Due Process; *EqualProtection; Foreign Countries; Freedom; InternationalPrograms; *Justice; *Peace; Secondary Education;Social Studies
IDENTIFIERS *Cambodia; *United Nations
ABSTRACTThis curriculum module for students in grades 9-12
focuses on the United Nations (UN) peace action plan evolving as apartnership between Cambodia and the UN. The eight lessons providestudents with varied opportunities for hands-on experiences. Dividedinto four sections, section 1, "Lesson", includes: (1) "Peacemakers";(2) "The United Nations: Successes and Failures in Securing Peace";(3) "The United Nations: A Four Part Peace Action Plan"; (4) "Storyof Cambodia"; (5) "The United Nations: Peacemaking in Cambodia"; (6)
"The United Nations: Peacebuilding in Cambodia"; (7) "Challenges toPeacebuilding in Cambodia"; and (8) "Designing a Peace Plan Abroaiand at Home." Section 2 provides "Rolc Models for Peacebuilding."Section 3 suggests "Resources for Classroom Strategies onPeacebuilding/Conflict Resolution." Section 4 lists "SelectedResources." An appendix with an "Agenda for Pea,:e" and an evaluationsection are included. (EH)
*
*****,.
Reproductions supplied by EDRS are the best that can be madefrom the original document.
******,%****, C*****************A A**A*
kr)
0000cr
LT-1
4.19-.11
THE UNITED NATIONS PEACE ACTION PLAN
Case Study - Cambodia
Tr, 1-,-Pfle,:`,:Csil'-
/14A-f ,;:. 1.1k '4 ,_rbd-hr1f--
n
;
A curriculum for secondary school studentsproduced by the United Nations Association of Minnesota
U $ DEPARTMENT OF EDUCA-IONOkbce 01 rclucabonal Resean P and m-1,,rnmnrEDUCATIONAL RI SOURCE S INF ONMA ioN
CENTER Ft RICI
riTh.s aocument has been Ferbodo, edrecrbed from the [Warm la tarpon/atoogonattnra
1 Motor changes ha,re beer made I, rnim,rrebruduchon quabry
Pcnts &vie. or op.mons siateor ItS .
mem do not ner eas-ard, eoroir.1 rrn .1.1,1 lo r- odla y
BEST COPY AVAILABLE
THE UNITED NATIONS PEACE ACTION PLAN
Case Study-Cambodia.
Mary Eileen Sorenson
assisted byWalter Enloe and Ken Simon
This curricuium is published by the United Nations Asociation of Minnesota, 1929 S 5th St, Minneapolis,MN, 55454. Telephone 612-333-2824 and the United Nations Association-USA, 485 5th Ave., New York,New York, 10017-6104. Telephone: 212-697-3232 $14.95 Copyright September, 1993.ISBN :1830632-15-2.
Introduction
Welcome to The United Nations Peace Action Plan: Case Study-Cambodia. Thiscurriculum module (grades 9-12) has as its focus the United Nations peace actionplan that is evoMng as Cambodia and the U.N. become partners in restructuring theirland.
Born in the ashes of World War II, the United Nations was the hope and beacon in adevastated world. Although often handicapped in the complex struggles emanatingfrom the Cold War tensions, the United Nations potential remained. Today we see aresurgence of faith in this forum...a forum where all the peoples of the world candebate, negotiate and be heard.
As United Nations Secretary-General Boutros Boutros-Ghali reminds us, the "new"world needs to do more than maintain peace and prevent war. Our "new" world needsa "new" order, new structures of peace, designed, built, and maintained by those in theareas of past conflict.
Tirelessly, and often without recognition, the U.N. has worked to create a morepeaceful world. Recently, Secretary-General Boutros-Ghali, in a report to the U.N.security Council, proposed a peace action plan, an Agenda for Peace. It is a planthat challenges the world community to not only work to end violence but to designstructures that create and maintain peace.
This Plan forms the core of this curriculum module. All of us, students and teachers,have to be empowered to build structures for peace wherever we find ourselves.Using a case study, the U.N.'s recent efforts at peace building in Cambodia, studentsexplore the issues and practice the skills of peace bulding.
It is our hope that young people learn of the U.N. peace efforts in Cambodia, an areaof special interest to the people of the United States, whose painful memories of theVietnam Era are still fresh. And we also offer opportunities to develop skills inpreventing violence, and making, keeping, and building peace... .skills that willempower them to be builders of peace in their own school and neighborhoods as wellas on a national and global level.
There are eight lessons providing for local, national, and international applicationthrough hands-on experiences, roleplaying, simulation, and collaborative work onreports and visual presentation. Although it is hoped that some classes can cover alleight lessons, each is written with other possibilities for use in your curriculumplanning. The lessons can be"infused" into existing units, or taught as a whole.
Each of these lessons can be used independent of each other, or in sequence. If usedindividually, background information from previous lessons, that might be helpful for
the teacher, is listed in the "Materials" section. Most of the Lessons cover 2-3 days.Each lesson is broken into 15 minute teaching segments.
lf desired, Lessons 1-3 can be taught in sequence, focusing on the United Nations'peace efforts in general. Lessons 4-7 in sequence will give students a focus on theU.N. peace efforts specifically in Cambodia. Lesson 8 can be a culminating activity foreither sequence or any one lesson.
Through the activities found in Lessons 1-3, the students explore the nature andelements of peacemaking, in their own lives, their communities, and world wide.There is special focus on the United Nations'unique role, from its inception throughtoday, in maintaining peace. In studying Secretary-General Boutros-Ghali's Agendafor Peace, students better understand the vision, mission, and challenge of creating amore peace-filled world for the 21st Century.
In Lessons 4-7, the activities focus on Cambodia, its recent past of violence, terror andwar and today's challenging efforts at peace. Students witness the military failure atresolving conflict. Through roleplaying and simulation, they also experience thedemands, complexities, frustrations, and successes of negotiation and diplomacy.They are invited to address today's on-going challenges to the United Nations'negotiated settlement of the Cambodia conflict, experiencing the fragility of conflictresolution.
Lesson 8 has the students working together in creating a documentary on a "world'shot spot", applying the U.N. model of peacebuilding in Cambodia. An optional activityis to develop a similar plan for school or neighborhood.
Section II is a listing of individual peacemakers. Students are encouraged to create alist of criteria and identify individuals in their own lives that are makers, keepers, andbuilders of peace. In Section III, a variety of resources are listed that offer otherclassroom strategies for peace and conflict resolution. Section IV lists age-appropropriate materials on the United Nations.
The Appendix has Secretary-General Boutros-Ghali's Agenda 'tor Peace. Referencesto the use of this document are found in indMdual lessons. Any of the material can bereproduced if used in the classroom.
The production of this module was made possible through a grant from the UnitedStates Institute for Peace, and is part of the UNA-USA "Educating for Peace Project".
The United Nations Association-MN (UNA-MN) is a vital partner in support of theProject. It is this on-going commitment to education that makes it possible for hundredsof young people world-wide to learn of the work of the United Nations in seeking amore rational peaceful world.
We would like to express our appreciation to the United States Institute for Peace inproviding funding, the UNA-MN for its contribution of office space, to intern Chris Obstfor her research, to the UNA-MN Education Advisory Committee for on-going supportand advise.
A special thank you to Jim Muldoon, UNA-USA, whose continued support,encouragement, and committment to young people , sustains us in our efforts at peaceeducation.
We appreciate the time and effort by members of the Creative Teacher-WritersRoundtable in visioning, piloting, and critiquing this module. Special thanks to KenSimon, Social Studies Educator, St Paul Academy, and Walter Enloe, University ofMinnesota, Department of Education and the Institute of International Studies, whoworked on resources, computing, and final drafting.
These materials may be copied for indMdual classroom use only. Permission requiredfor any other purpose.
Mary Eileen SorensonEducating For Peace Project Dirtor, Minnesota
The United Nations Peace Action PlanCase Study-Cambodia
Table of Contents
Section I 1
Lesson 1: Peacemakers 2
Lesson 2: The United Nations:Successes and Failures in Securing Peace 6
Lesson 3: The United Nations: A Four Part Peace Action Plan 15
Lesson 4: Story of Cambodia 18
Lesson 5: The United Nations: Peacemaking in Cambodia 33
Lesson 6: The United Nations: Peacebuilding in Cambodia 43
Lesson 7: Challenges to Peacebuilding in Cambodia 52
Lesson 8: Designing a Peace Plan Abroad and at Home 61
Section II 63
Role Models for Peacebuilding 64
Section III 65
Resources for Classroom Strategies on Peacebuilding/Conflict Resolution
Section IV 68
Selected Resources 69
Appendix 71
Agemia for Peace 72
Evaluation 98
Acknowledgements: The United Nations Association of Minnesota and the UnitedNations Association-USA wish to acknowledge support of the United States Institute of Peace
SECTION I
CLASSROOM LESSONS
1
J
Lesson 1
Peacemakers
Peace Is not an idea.It is people becoming different.
Dr. Frank Buckman, Moral Re-Armament
ObjectivesStudents will be able to:
* discuss the role of a neut. third party" in resolving personal disagreements.* practice the skills and qualities of peacemaking by roleplaying* identify "third party" individuals or groups in their school or neighborhood.* apply the peacemaking model to a complex issue facing our nation.
Materials* Handout 1A, Celebrate National Discovery Day* Journals
Time Six 15-minute periods
Introduction
15 minutesIn journals, have students describe a recent argument, disagreement , fight they havebeen involved in or witnessed. They do not have to use names. Have studentsexamine stories with these questions in mind:
1. What would each person say about what happened?2. What does each person want? Why do they want it?3 Was'there a solution? Peaceful or violent? Were there any other alternatives?4. How lasting was the resolution? What contributed to its success or failure?5. To what degree would the result be different, if the people had asked anotherpers..in to listen to their differences?
Ask for volunteers to share their stories and responses to questions. (if there are none,the teacher will need to make a scenario.) Explain to the students that they will beevaluating one of the conflicts as role-played by their classmates. They will also beresponsible for suggesting ways a "third party" could be helpful in the resolution of theconflict.
2
Learning Sequence
1. 15 minutes
Select a group of students tc create a scenario based on the journal activity andquestions 1-3 in introduction. Have them present to the class and have the classcritique based on questions 1-4 above. Then have all students brainstorm:
* Who could act as a "third party" in this dispute?* What qualities would be needed for this party to be helpful in solving problem?* What would having a third party add to the resolution of the diSpute?* What might be some procedures and rules needed to assure that someresolution will come about? (Listening, paraphrasing, respect of the "whys",agree to accept solution etc)
2. 30 minutes
Have class designate a "third party" who, with the role-players, re-enacts the scenariousing the class suggestions from #1. After the second presentation, have studentsdiscuss:
* What are the challenges involved in resolving disagreements you have had inyour own life
* What obstacles are there to seeking a "third party" when you have adisagreement?
* To what degree are these obstacles strengthened because you are not awareof your adversary's needs and feelings?
* How difficult is it to accept and respect other people's needs Andfeelings when you are disagreeing? What are ways to overcome thosedifficulties?
*Share experiences that you have had that were not resolved. Would having a"third party" have effected the outcome? What were the short term, long termresults of the experience?
* Share experiences that you have had that were successfully resolvedbecause of a third person. What contributed to its sucess? What were the shortterm, long term results of the experience?
3. 15 minutes and ongoing
3
L
Have class create a list of recent disputes in school or local community. Divide theclass into groups, and assign one dispute to each group.
Have each group analyse the dispute, using questions from the Introductary Activity
and #1 above. If they don't have enough information, have individuals takeresponsibility for finding it and reporting back.
As a class, share information on "third parties". They may be agencies, committees,informal neighborhood groups etc; Who are they? How do they function? How do weaccess them? What qualities do they have? What power do they have?
If there was no "third party" was there need for one? Have students volunteer tocontact school and community "third parties" and ask them to talk to the class on theirrole and responsibilty in resolving conflict.
4. 15 minutes
Distribute Handout 1A to class. Have students underline, what for them are, the threemost meaningful points. In small groups, have students discuss:
* What are the points of disagreement among people in the United Statesconcerning the celebration of Columbus Day? Be sure to look at allperspectives. Relate questions from #2 above to the discussion.
* What is the suggestion of the newspaper editors to resolve the dispute? Howwould each perspective above view this suggestion? To what degree can thenewspaper be a "third party"?
* Share the meaningful points you underlined and explain why you did?
* "A national vision...includes not only people, but all creatures, and the land,water and air." Discuss how this vision can be applied to your own life, yourschool, your neighborhood, the United States.
Closure
In journal, have students free write: One thing I will do today to reduce tension rrviolence, resolve conflict, and create a peaceful environment in my own life, myneighborhood, or the nation.
Extension of Lesson
* Research recent winners of the Nobel Peace Prize; report and create bulletin boarddisplay. See Section II.
4
ii0
Handout 1A
Celebrate National Discovery Day
How about a Columbus Day compromise? Designate it National Discovery Day instead
Italian Americans need take no offense: a name change would not diminish the extraordinaryachievements of the Genoese navigator of "the ocean sea." Neither would it slight the American!mien inhabitants of North America who were on the shore when Columbus arrived.
Rather, a name like Discovery Day would underscore the idea that America needs to rediscoveritself.
The 500th anniversary of Columbus' voyage has acted as a beneficial catalyst for this broaderdiscussion. That America is forged from many races and cultures is not in cispute.
The dispute is over where that fact leads. toward the melting pot of middle-class achievementcombined with stubborn poverty, isolation and despair, toward an ethnically balkanizedcountry such as Canada is considering; or a third way combining racial and ethnic appreciationwith common national rights, aspirations and opportunities.
Coiumbus Day- or Discovery Day should be an occasion not to idealize or demonize Columbus.Indians or others, but to explore the relationship among peoples who share a common setting.It is not a time to say wistfully, 'Sink the Ships," as a local theater titled a performance It is
not a time to dwell soiey on the voyage, but to recognize the consequences of the landing on thelife of the continent and its citizens.
Many descendents of immigrants worry that their heritage is denigrated by challenges to theColumbus story of their childhood. Some Indians worry that they will be forgotten after thequincentennial hoopla. Neither need be true.
Discovery is a dynamic concept. For America to grow as a nation, future explorations mustinclude those that look inward. The pain as well as the adventure of the nation's past must beexcavated for new, more inclusive foundations to be built.
The result must be a national vision that includes not only all people, but all creatures, and theland, water and air. Much of this is the story 1-,ative Americans have been trying tocommunicate to the immigrants for 500 years.
Reprinted with permission from Star Tribune, Minneapolis. Minnesota (October 10, 1992)
5
oEST CU
Lesson 2
The United Nations:Successes and Failures in Securing Peace
"We, the Peoples of the United Nations are determined...To establish conditions under which justice and respect
for the obi:gations arising from treateies and other sourcesof international law can be maintained "
Preamble to the Charter of the United Nations, 1945
ObjectivesStudents will be able to:
* understand the origins, purpose and nature of the United Nations.* identify today's issues challenging the U.N. in its role as a neutral, "third party".* demonstrate, through group reports and visual presentations, the on-going U.N.role as peacemaker.
use report materials as resources for future lessons.
Materials* Handout 2A, What is the United Nations?* Handout 2B, The United Nations: Origin, Purposes, and Principles* Handout 2C, Acceptance Speech of Secretary-General BoutrosBoutros-Ghall* Background material and resources for Oral Reports
Review information from Lesson 1* Appendix, Agenda for Peace (Save kJ:* other lessons)
Vocabulary"sovereign states"- United Natons word for nations, countries
Time Three 15 minute periodsOutside time to do group project (see below)Some outside or class time to work on group project (see below))One to two class periods to present group projects (see below)
Introduction
15 minutesReview with students, world conditions at the end of World War II in 1945. DistributeHandout 2A and after reading it, discuss which conditions this new world organizationhoped to address.
6
13
Remind students that the United Nations is NOT a world government; that it is agathering of SOVEREIGN states and what it can do depends on the common groundthat that they create among them; that the fundamental sovereignty and integrity ofmember states are respected; that its actions are those of a collective commitment topeace and security; that its successes are measured by its political will to seeksolutions.
Learning Sequence
15 minutes1. Have the students create five small groups. Distribute Handout 2B and read thePreamble together. Discuss examples from today's world that offer challenges to "Wethe people of the United Nations" in reaching the goals listed. Have students readHandout 2C or read excerpts to them.
What are the similarities and differences between today's challenges and those facingthe "We the people" in 1945? Can the U.N. be considered a "third party" in disputes asdiscussed in Lesson 1? What are the similarities and differences between the U.N.and other "third parties" as discussed in Lesson 1? To what degree has the U.N. beena peacemaker?
Have each group "pick out of a hat" one of the following topics:
* The story of the creation of the U.N. in 1945
* The impact of the Cold War on theSecurity Council's role in maintaining peaceand security
* The changing nature of the General Assembly due to decolonization in the60's and independence movements of the 80's.
* The World Court as a resource for peaceful settlements of disputes
* The leadership of the Secretary-General immediately following WWII, the 60'sand rxesent day.
2. Explain the following assignment:, Group Oral Report
TASKS
1. Research topic and report information to small group2. Group design of a 5-8 minute presentation of material. Students in the groupvote on two major points to present. The rest of the information can be part of thevisual display.
7
1.;;;
3. Selection of presenter(s) of material4. Selection, design, construction of Visual aids: Information, U.N. Logo,pictures, charts, timelines5. Three evaluation questions on oral and visual presentation for other class
members.
Students in each group will negotiate who will do which tasks.
RESOURCES
Handout 2A, The United Nations: Origin, Purposes, and Principles
Hand= 2C, Acceptance Speech of Secretary-General Boutros Boutros-Ghali
Agenda for Peace (pp. 5-10), Appendix
Basic Facts About the U.N. - Available through the United Nations Publications,SalesSection, Room DC-2-0853, New York, New York, 10017, 212-963-8302.
Materials on the United Nations-school media center
Closure
Possible timetable:1.They will need about a week to gather information and identify visual aids.2. One class period (or outside time), in small groups, to share information, organize it,select presenter(s), design visual aids, and develop questions.3. One to two class periods to present materials and to have class answer questions.
Or another option: Have students set up stations on which they display informationand where they speak about their topic. When class has copy of all questions fromeach small group, have students go to each station to discuss and/or discover"answers".
Resources
* Understanding the United Nations, a teaching module for grades 7-12. UNA-MN,1929 S. 5th St, Minneapolis, MN., 612-333-2824 or UNA-USA, Jim Muldoon, ModelU.N. and Youth Programs, 485 Fifth Ave, New York, New York, 10017, 212-697-3232.*Guide to Delegate Preparation: UNA-USA, Jim Muldoon, Model U.N. and YouthPrograms, 485 Fifth Ave, New York, New York, 10017, 212-697-3232.
* Qtart r f ther United Nations: United Nations Publications,Sales Section, RoomDC-2-0853, New York, New York, 10017, 212-963-8302.
8
Handout 2A
What is the United Nations?
The United Nations is the international organization of States (countries) founded after theSecond World War for the purposes of preventing war, maintaining international peace and security,and promoting social progress and better standards of life in larger freedom, developing friendlyrelations among nations and achieving international cooperation. The Member States are boundtogether by their adherence to the United Nations Charter and its principles. The U.N. began its workin 1945 with only 51 members. Today, there are over 175.
The United Nations is not a super-state or a world government. It has no powers that are notgiven to it by its Member States. It can only act when they decide it should. The members choosewhether or not to use the U.N.'s procedures, carry out its decisions, even whether or not to observethe provisions of the Charter they have sworn to uphold.
The United Nations proper is composed of six principle organs:
The General Assembly is the main deliberative organ. It is comprised of representatives ofall Member States, each of which has one vote. Decisions on important questions, such asrecommendations on peace and security, admission of new members and budgetary matters, requiresa two-thirds majority. Decisions on other questions are reached by a simple majority.
The Security Council has primary responsibility, under the Charter, for the maintenance ofinternational peace and security. The Council has fifteen members: five permanent members -- China,France, Russia (formerly the USSR), the United Kingdom, and the United States -- and 10elected by the General Assembly for two-year terms. Each member of the Council has one vote.Decisions on procedural matters are made by an affirmative vote of at least nine of the 15 members.Decisions on substantive matters require nine votes including the concurring votes of all fivepermanent members. This is the rule of the "great Power unanimity" often referred to as the "veto"power. If a permanent member does not support a decision but does not wish to block it through aveto, it may abstain. Under the Charter, all Member States of the United Nations agree to accept andcarry out the decisions of the Security Council. While other organs of the U.N. make recommendationstc governments, the Council alone has t 1e power to take decisions which members are obligated tocarry out.
The Economic and Social Council was established by the Charter as the principal organ tocoordinate the economic and social work of the United Nations and its specialized agencies andinstitutions. The Council has 54 members who serve for three years. Eighteen members are electedeach year for a three-year term to replace 18 members whose term has expired. Voting in the Councilis by simple majority; each member has one vote.
In setting up an International Trusteeship System, the Charter established the TrusteeshipCouncil as one of the main organs of the United Nations and assigned to it the task of supervisingthe administration of "trust territories" placed under the Trusteeship System. Major goals of theSystem was to promote the advancement of the inhabitants of Trust Territories and their progressivedevelopment toward self-government or independence. The aims of the Trusteeship System have beenfulfilled with all of the territories attaining independence, either as separate countries or by joiningneighboring independent nations.
Handout 2A
The International Court of Justice is the principal judicial organ of the United Nations.Its Statute is an integral part of the United Nations Charter. All countries which are parties to theStatute of the Court (which automatically includes all U.N. Member States) can be parties to casesbefore it. Other countries can refer cases to it under conditions laid down by the Security Council.In addition, the Security Council may recommend that a legal dispute be referred to the Court. Boththe General Assembly and the Security Council can ask the Court for an advisory opinion on any legalquestion. The Court consists of 15 Judges elected by the General Assembly and the Security Council,voting independently. They are chosen on the basis of their qualifications, not on the basis ofnationality, and care is taken to ensure that-the principal legal systems of the world are representedin the Court. No two Judges can be nationals of the same country. The Judges serve for a term ofnine years and may be re-elected. They cannot engage in any other occupation during their term ofoffice.
The Secretariat services the other organs of the United Nations and administers the programsand policies laid down by them. At its head is the Secretary-General, who is appointed by theGeneral Assembly on the recommendation of the Security Council. The work of the Secretariat is asvaried as the list of problems dealt with by the United Nations. It includes: administering peace-keeping operations; organizing international conferences on problems of world-wide concern; surveyingworld economic trends and problems; preparing studieson such subjects as human rights, disarmamentand development; and interpreting speeches, translating documents and supplying the world'scommunications media with information about the United Nations.
Sources: Image and Reality (United Nations)Basic Facts About the United Nations (United Nations)
10
Handout 2B
ME UNITED NATIONS:ORIGIN, PURPOSES AND PRINCIPLES
The name "United Nations" was devised by President Franklin D. Roosevelt and was first used in the "Declarationby United Nations" of January 1, 1942, during the Second World War, when representatives of 26 nations pledgedtheir Governments to continue fighting together against tile Axis Powers.
The United Nations Charter was drawn up by the representatives of 50 countries at the United NationsConference on International Organization, which met at San Francisco from April 25 to June 26, 1945. Theydeliberated on the basis of proposals worked out by the representatives of China, the Soviet Union, the UnitedKingdom, and the United States at Dumbarton Oaks in August-October 1944. The Charter was signed on June 26,1945, by the representatives of the 50 countries. (Poland, not represented at the Conference, signed it late andbecame one of the original 51 Member States.)
The United Nations officially came into existence on October 24, 1945, when the Charter had been ratifiedby China, France, the Soviet Union, the United Kingdom and the United States and by a majority of othersignatories; October 24 is celebrated each year as United Nations Day.
Preamble to the U.N. Charter
The Preamble to the Charter expresses the ideaLs and common aims of all the people whose Governments joitied together to formthe United Nations:
"WE THE PEOPLES OF THE UNITED NATIONS determined to save succeedinggenerations from the scourge of war, which twice in our lifetime has brought untold sorrow
to mankind, and to reaffirm faith in fundamental human rights, in the dignity and worth ofthe human person, in the equal rights of men and women and the nations large and small, and
to establish conditions under which justice and respects for the obligations arising fromtreaties and other sources of international law can be maintained, and to promote socialprogress and better standards of life in larger freedom, and for these ends to practicetolerance and live together in peace with one another as good neighbours, and to unite our
strength to maintain international peace and security, and to ensure, by the acceptance ofprinciples and the institution of methods, that armed force shall not be used, save in thecommon interest, and to employ international machinery for the promotion of the economic
and social advancement of all peoples, have resolved to combine our efforts to accomplish
these aims.
Accordingly, our respective Governments, through representatives assembled in the city
of San Francisco, who have exhibited their full powers found to be in good and due form, have
agreed to the present Charter of the United Nations and do hereby establish an internationalorganization to be known as the United Nations."
1 1
.1_
Purposes and Principles of the United Nations
The purposes of the United Nations, as set forth in the Charter, are:
to maintain international peace and security;
to develop friendly relations among nations;
to cooperate internationally in solving international economic, social, cultural, andhumanitarian problems, and in promoting respect for human rights and fundamentalfreedoms;
to be a center for harmonizing the actions of nations in attaining these common ends.
The United Nations acts in accordance with the following principles:
It is based on the sovereign equality of all its Members.
All Members are to fulfill, in good faith, their Charter obligations.
They are to settle their international disputes by peaceful means and withoutendangering peace, security, and justice.
They are to refrain in their international relations from the threat or use of forceagainst any other State.
They are to give the United Nations every assistance in any action it takes inaccordance with the Charter, and shall not assist States against which the UnitedNations is taking preventative or enforcement action.
The United Nations shall ensure that States which are not Members act inaccordance with these principles in so far as it is necessary for the maintenance ofinternational peace and security.
Nothing in the Charter authorizes the United Nations to intervene in matters that areessentially within the domestic jurisdiction of any State.
SOURCE: The U.N. Charter and Basic Facts About the United Nations (New York: UnitedNations).
1 2
Handout 2C
ACCEPTANCE SPEECH OF SECRETARY-GENERAL BOUTROS BOUTROS-GHALI
Allow me, at the outset, to extend to you, Mr. President, my most sincere thanks for the kind wordyou have addressed to me. I have been deeply touched by your kind thoughts and good wishes.
It was a source of deep satisfaction for me when the Security Council, in its resolution 720,unanimously recommended me as the sixth Secretary-General of the United Nations. The unanimousadoption by the General Assembly of the resolution endorsing this recommendation is indeed a greathonor for me.
On the personal level, I am grateful to each Member State of the United Nations that honored mewith this great trust. I am only too conscious of the magnitude of this task from this very moment.
I do not claim to elevate the vision of the Utopian city called for by the Islamic thinker, Al-Farabi,to that of a Utopian world, for I cannot promise to go beyond what is feasible and what is possible.Despite the close ties that bind me to optimism, my ties to realism are even closer.
In the name of every African, I wish to express appreciation for the opportunity afforded to Africa,through my election, to take part in the service of the international community. Africa feels ready tomake its contribution by virtue of its creative ability and recent achievements in the international arena.
On the other hand, based on the premise of equal opportunity for all members of the family ofnations, and in a spirit that goes beyond mere equality and rises to the level of equity that shouldpermeate the fibre of international relations, a true challenge has been presented to Africa.
Needless to say, I see in my election a special appreciation for Egypt and recognition of the roleshe plays on the international scene. The fact that I belong to Egypt, an Arab African State that bordersthe Mediterranean Sea, which, throughout the ages has been a crossroads for many cultures and has beenthe crucible of civilization and religions, imbues me with the faith which every Egyptian wholeheartedlyembraces that is, faith in peace and security as a goal, in dialogue and negotiation as an approach, andin harmony and cooperation as a hope.
It is my fervent desire, as I discharge my duty, to communicate this cultural legacy through mutualcooperation and to raise the banner of peace wherever there is underdevelopment, conflict and tensionin the world.
There are many areas of tension, conflict and confrontation on the international scene areaswhere blood has been shed, where human creativity is destroyed, and where the spirit of cooperation,integration and good neighborliness face grave challenges. There are also peoples that are still deniedthe exercise of their inalienable rights.
I should like to underline four basic issues that confront the international community as I see them:First, there is the need to ensure the maintenance of international peace and security in conformity
with the Charter. This requires the strengthening of the United Nations machinery in a manner that willenable it to fulfill its important objectives not only in peace-keeping but in peace-making and in peace-building as well. [This will require] active preventive diplomacy, with a view to monitoring thedevelopment of crises and devising adequate means to defuse them and prevent their escalation.
Secondly, there is the necessity to strive for the attainment of international economic developmentin all its aspects. It is my intention to address this issue with vigour in order to contribute to findingways and means to narrow the gap between the rich North and the poor South. Tackling the cripplingproblem of international debt is central to achieving a healthy world economy. Equally important, issuesof environment and development must be seriously addressed so as to stop any further deterioration ofour planet.
13
Th.irdly, I shall take with utmost seriousness my role as chief administrative officer of thisorganization. It is imperative that the sole criterion to apply in the employment of men and women bethe highest standards of efficiency, competence and integrity. It is said that the United Nations is amirror image of itS Member States, and their counsel and support are essential if we are to meet thestandards they rightfully expect.
I welcome and will carefully siudy every proposal, from within and without this House, forstreamlining our operations, eliminating what is wasteful or obsolete, and ensuring that the mandatesentrusted to the Secretary-General are carried out faithfully, accurately, and without delay.
I come to the post of Secretary-General inspired by the Charter and full of hope, faith, andcommitment commitment to join with Member States, with the Secretariat, and with the "peoples ofthe United Nations" in search of intellectual creativity, political imagination and dynamism to help ourOrganization meet the challenge of a rapidly changing world.
The vision of the Charter of the United Nations is as valid today, after the end of the cold war,as it was in 1945, before the beginning of the cold war. I call for the cooperation and assistance of allwho can help to transform the noble objectives of the Charter into reality.
Fourthly, I wish to stress the United Nations role in strengthening fundamental freedoms anddemocratic institutions, which constitute an essential and indispensable stage in the economic and social
development of nations.If there is no development without democracy, there can also be no democracy without
development. Although it is difficult to determine whether to start with development in order to obtaindemocracy, or to begin democracy in order to obtain development, it is obvious that the guarantee offundamental freedoms and the protection of the human rights of both men and women constitutes aprerequisite that the United Nations must promote.
That being said, we must not see democracy as a magic potion which will cure all ills. Nor mustdemocracy devour its institutions and degenerate into ethnic or tribal conflicts that create a micro-nationalism which will hinder all development, peace, and security.
Finally, United Nations activities to promote democracy must not become a means of interventionin the internal affairs of Member States.
We have mentioned the role of the United Nations in strengthening democratic institutions withinMember States, and we must also stress the importance of democracy at the inter-State level. Thedemocratization of international relations should complete and amplify the democratization of nationalinstitutions. This dual process can create a new dynamic for national peace and stability, which is asimportant as international peace and stability.
I should like to conclude the brief statement with three comments:First of all, I wish to pay tribute to Javier Perez de Cuellar for his admirable achievements throughouta decade in the service of peace. I owe him my thanks for the wise and fraternal advice he has sogenerously given me, and from which I shall continue to benefit.
Secondly, I wish to apologize for not speaking in Chinese, Spanish or Russian in order to relaythis message to those who speak these official languages.
Finally, I wish to say, and to repeat to the international staff, to the representatives of MemberStates, and to the heads of the specialized agencies that we shall work together to revitalize the UnitedNations, that we shall fight together for peace and security, that together we shall help our worldOrganization to face challenges of the twenty-first century.
Ibutros Boutros-Ghali, Secretary-General
14
Lesson 3
The United Nations:A Four Part Peace Action Plan
"I have faith in peace and security as a goal,in dialogue and negotiation as an approach,and in harmony and cooperation as a hope."
Boutros Boutros-GhaliU.N. Secretary General 1992
ObjectivesStudents will be able to:
* create a Peace Poster with the words of the Preamble of the U.N. Charter, theirown words for peace andexamples of peace efforts, locally and globally.* create a chart elaborating on the U.N. Secretary General's Agenda for Peace.* collectively, present an oral report on the "Agenda for Peace".* create a mural from their posters, charts and report information, applying thePeace Plan to their school and community.
Materials* News sections newspapers and magazines (to be collected over several weeks)* Appendix, Agenda for Peace* Handout 2B, The United Nations: Origin, Purposes, and Principles* Handout 2C, Acceptance Speech of Secretary-General BoutrosBoutros-Ghali* Large Paper, glue, markers* Visual displays from Lesson 2 (optional)* Resource materials on the U.N.
VocabularyBoutros Boutros-Ghali: Current Secretary-General of the United Nations; AnEgyptian diplomat, Mr. Ghali is the first Secretary General from the Africancontinent and the Arab community; author of Agenda for Peace.
Time Eight 15 minute periodsHomework assignmentOn-going class activity
Introduction
15 minutes(Teacher note:Background Information on the UN can be found In Lesson 2)Have students brainstorm a list of word associations when they think of peace. Thenread the Preamble of the U.N. Charter (2B) and add to their list, words used in thePreamble to express the goals for "securing peace" as written in 1945.
15
Learning Sequence
30 minutes1. In small groups, have students choose one of the words listed for peace and findexamples of that in the news magazines and papers. Also find one example of U.N.peacekeeping efforts and create a poster/collage with the words and pictures.
Caption the poster with a quote from the Preamble of the U.N. Charter. Post. Havestudents discuss handout 2C as it relates to the peace poster/collage.
15 minutes2. Have students discuss the following in relation to the posters, their own lives or their
community:
* Is there any example of peacekeeping that shows attempts at preventingconflict from spreading? One that addresses root causes of conflict?
* Is there any example that shows the parties in conflict being brought togetherto negotiate, discuss differences?
* Is there any example of U.N. presence in an area of conflict?
* Is there any example of actions that are maintaining peace rather thancreating peace or resolving conflict?
30 minutes3. Distribute Agenda for Peace to students in small groups. Have them read pp.11-12and relate to th E. r discussion i- #2 above. Then have each group read pp 1-10,underlining points where clarafication is needed, definitions explained, or moreinformation needed.
Have each small group work together on clarifying, explaining sharing information,and paraphrasing the major points. Students may need to check U.N. information fromLesson 2 or ask other small groups for assistance.
After students have read material, have them discuss the following:
* What is the purpose of the U.N. Secretary-General in writing this Agenda forPeace?
What was the major stumbling block to the U.N. fulfilling its original purpose?While that was being removed, what other "patterns of contradiction havearisen? (p. 6)
16
1-,
* In your own words, list the points of the U.N. plan in preventing, resolvingconflict, and preserving peace. (p. 7-8) How does the UN hope to implement theplan? (p 8-10) Using the definitions on p11-12, create a chart that encompassesthe four areas of the U.N. peace action plan and represents the spirit of"securing and maintaining peace" as mentioned in the Charter. Post the charts.
In their small groups, have students chose to be responsible for one of the followingreadings on the U.N. peace action plan in Agenda for Peace:
a. Preventive Diplomacy (p13)b. Peacemaking (p.20)c. Peacekeeping (p.28)d. Post -conflict Peace Building (p 32)
Have them read and prepare to discuss the assigned reading as a homeworkassignment. Explain that each one of them will share information by reporting (3-5minutes) their reading assignment to the small group the next day.
30 minutes4. Have all students who read Reading (a), Preventive Diplomacy, get together andcompare notes, check questions, clarify vocabulary, and create a list of 3-4 guidequestions for people to follow as they give report. Have students who read otherparts do the same.
Students then go back to their own small group and give reports, with group membersusing guide questions, on the four parts of the U.N. Peace Action Plan. Allow time forclass questions and clarifications.
ClosureHave students study their peace posters and U.N. Peace Action Plan charts and addany significant points made in the small group reports. With the poster and charts,create a mural that the class will add to as examples of peace action (keeping in mindthe four points of prevention, peacemaking, peacekeeping, and peacebuilding)appear in their own lives, the neighborhood, nation or world.
Extension of Lesson* Identify agencies in area that work for peace; add them to mural.* Read "Mission Impossible", an article in the St Paul Pioneer Press (November 15,1992) critical of U.N.efforts. Report to class and brainstorm how can it improve?
Resources* Basic Facts About the United Nations: United Nations Publications,Sales Section,Room DC-2-0853, New York, New York, 10017, 212-963-8302.* We the Peooles: A Citizen's Guide to the U N.: UNA-USA, Publications Department,485 Fifth ALL:, New York, New York, 10017, 212-697-3232.
17
Lesson 4
The Story of Cambodia
ObjectivesStudents wil be able to:
* familiarze themselves with the geography and culture of Cambodia as part of thestory of South East Asia.* research and present group oral reports on the recent political history ofCambodia and the South East Asian region.* create an updated "glossary of key players" and timeline based on the groupreports.
Materials* Handout 4A, Map of Cambodia* Handout 4B, Reading on Cambodia* Handout 4C, Key People, Places and Events: 1953-1993* Handout 4D, Key "Players"* Handout 4E, Parallel History Chart.
World Map* Large butcher block paper* Media Center resources for research* Journals
Time Seven 15 minute periodsSeveral days (classtime or homework) for research
Vocabulary: (These and other important vocabulary can be found on Handout 4C)KampucheaKhmer people
* Khmer Rouge* Prince Sihanouk
Introduction
15 minutesWith a world map, explore with students, the location of South East Asia. Havestudents name countries in the area. List countries on board.
Put students in small groups, and distribute the map of South East Asia (Handout 4A).On map, have students put location:, that are listed on board.
18
Distribute Handout 4C to students. Explain to them that this is the story of Carnodia inrecent years, a story that tells them of key events, people and places. For now, havethem circle place names mentioned in Handout 40 and locate them on their maps.
Have students keep maps and other handouts in journals for reference.
Learning Sequence
30 minutes1. Explain to students that for the next few classes, they will be exploring the story ofCambodia, its tragic recent history, and today's attempts, by the Cambodian peopleand the United Nations, to build a just and peaceful nation and to reconstruct theircountry.
Assure students that they need not become experts or, the story of Cambodia. Theywill have a number of handouts that will be easy-referelce whenever they need toclarify.
The point of the next few lessons is to appreciate the challenges of military, diplomatic,and negotiated processes in soving conflits. A second point is to appreciate the valueof a neutral, third party in negotiating conflict.
2. Brainstorm with students what they know of Cambodia's recent history. List onboard. Have students read Handout 4C with special attention to the key points in thestory (in bold). Add "key points" to list on board.
3. Having read the Handout and listed "key points", have students formulate questionsthey have about the story of Cambodia... questions that they are to keep in mind for thefollowing activity. It might be best to have them write out these questions in journalsand/or on board.
4. Create small groups of at least six students each. Explain to students that they willbe both learning and teaching the story of Cambodia in their small groups. DistributeHandouts 46, 4C, and 40.
Using the handouts as resources, each students choses to be responsible forresearching one of the following topics:
a. Prince Sihanouk leadership of neutral Cambodia 1953-1969(Handout 4C)b. United States involvement in Cambodia 1969-1973 (Handout 4C)c. Khmer Rouge civil war and bloody reign 1972-1918 (Handout 4C)d. Vietnamese invasion and occupation of Cambodia 1978-1989 (Handout 40)e. Cambodia-the land and the people (Handout 4B)f. Glossary of key people and events in the Story of Cambodia (Handout 4D)
19
0
Explain that each one of them will share information by reporting (3-5 minutes), withinthe next few days, to their small group.
Students with topics e-f (abobve)will share information the following day. Studentsresearching topics a-d (above) will need several days to prepare reports.
45 minutes5. Students with topics e-f give reports. Rest of period these students will work oncreating a timeline and glossary, based on information from reports, for display in
cassroom.
During this time students, who are researching topics a-d, get together with othersdoing the same report (eg: all those doing topic-a) and compare notes, checkquestions, clarify vocabulary, and identify "good" resources. (You may want to do this
for several class periods)
45 minutes6. Students give reports to their own small group. Allow time for questions andclarifications. Update timeline, glossary displays.
ClosureIn journals, have students write on What I have Learned of War and Peace from thestory of Cambodia.
Extension of Lesson
* Invite speakers of the Cambodian community to your class to share their
experiences
* The story of the Khmer Rouge is the story of genocide. Research the stories of othergenocides of the 20th century. Report to class.
Resources
U.N.Convention on the Prevention and Punishment of the Crime of Genocide(DPI/919),Department of Public Information, Public Inquiries Unit, Room GA-058, NewYork, N,Y., 10017.
* Angkor: An Introductiun,George Coerdes, Oxford University Press, 1986.
The Ancient Kh.rner Empire, L.P. Briggs, 1951.
* A History of Cambodiapavid P. Chandler, Westview Press, 1992.
20
Handout 4A
Map of Cambodia
Cambodia: The land and the peopleCambodians will go to the polls next
week under United Nationssupervision to elect a legislature. No
one expects the election to go
smoothly.
Cambodia's statistics
Land area: 69,898 sq. miles
(about the size of Missouri)
Population: 8.3 million
in 2990
Ethnic groups: Khmer 93%,
Vietnamese 4%, Chinese 3%
Language: Khmer (official)
and French
Religion:Theravada Buddhism 95%
literacy: 48%
Per capita Income: $100
life expectancy: 45 male,
48 female
A 100 MILES
!' THAILAND.
Bangkok
,rt:(
k
1.;.>
Guff.
Thailand
CHINA
;)
VIETNAM< "?p\ole
Hanoi f
LAOS
For' 'am borderbetween South end
\.North Menem
Ho Chi Minh C.
21
BEST COPY AVAILABLE
"7/7.1i-'1V0aas/a/DiraViziailaliddil6i/MMIP.M.iCgrorkiiiihaiti, -iitialL/10{111424L)11.414/42/JaiatIailriaiii/ZIA/iaiaratilkiltrItar,....,.g..".......i.
Handout 4B
Reading on Cambodia
Cambodia is one of the smaller nations in Southeast Asia. Geographically,in the East, North and West, Cambodia is bordered by South Vietnam, Laos andThailand; in the South it is bordered by the Gulf of Siam. Its boundariesrepresent all the remains from the former land of Cham who became a largerKhmer Empire of today. For centuries, Cambodia has been a monarchy, with theking the top of the power. The actual power of the sovereign was interruptedfor almost 100 years during the French domination (1863-1953), but during thatperiod the people of Cambodia always corsidered their king as their temporaland spiritual leader.
Cambodia has 66,000 square miles, approximately the size of WashingtonState. The seasonal alternation of winds called monsoons determines both therainfall and temperature throughout the country during the year. The Southwestor rainy monsoon which reaches Cambodia in May and lasts until October,brings heavy rainfall throughout the country. The Northwest or dry monsnonblows in from October to April and brings the dry season. The normal temperatureis 80 degrees F.
About half of the country is filled with forests and woods and, of the24,000 square miles of arable land, only one-third is under cultivation. Nearthe center of the country is the Tonle Sap, the largest fresh-water lake inSoutheast Asia; the Mekong River traverses through Cambodia from North to South.The central portion is the plainland where most people live. There are riversand tributaries in this area. Mountain ranges exist in the East, Northeast andSouthwest of the country.
Cambodia has a population of 7 million. The numerically dominant ethnicgroup is the Khmer with 85% of the total population. Chinese and Vietnameseeach make up 7%, and the remaining 8% includes the Khmer Loeu tribal groups,Cam-Malays, Thai, Laotians and Filipinos.
Khmer is the national language, spoken by over 90% of the population b;itFrench is the accepted language in the intellectual and professional circles.Most of the secondary and post-secondary education programs were conducted inFrench. Members of the various minority groups speak their native language butthey can speak Khmer as well. The Khmer Loeu Tribal groups speak a number oflanguages, some of them were distantly related to Khmer, although they are notmutually intelligible.
Religion in Cambodia is very important. The Theravada Buddhism is theofficial national religion and is practiced by at least 85% of the population.Other religions such as Moslems, Mahayana, Buddhism and Roman Catholic werealso practiced by different small groups of people. The Khmer Loeu practicesa veriety of animist beliefs.
The economy of Cambodia is agrarian with rice, a popular product of Cambodia.Agriculture is the mainstay of the economy and employes 4/5 of the male population.The soils are fertile and the climate is well suited to intensive growing of crobs, 1111vegetables and fruits. The harvest is used mainly for rural household suhsistance.Rice and corn surpluses are exported, and rubber is grown on large state-ownedplantations, also for export. Industry is small in scale with considerable stateparticipation. Industry is confined largely to the processing of agriculture 22products particularly rice, fish, and rubber and making a few consumer items.
Handout 4C
Key People, Places and Events: 1953-1992
More information for terms with an * can be found on Handout 4D.Terms in bold (eg Geneva Conference) are key events in the story of Cambodia.
1953: Cambodia gains independence from France.1954: Geneva Conference on Indochina (co-chaired by England and USSR*)
recognizes Cambodia's neutrality.1955: Sihanouk* abdicates as King of Cambodia and agrees to rule as Prince and
Head of State of Cambodia.1963: Opponents of Sihanouk (including Pol Pon leave Phnom Penh to
join other insurgents in the jungles and mountains of Cambodia.1967: Sihanouk's forces crush a peasant revolt in Battambang province.1969: (March 18) United States* bombing of Cambodia begins, in secret, aimed at
North Vietnamese-backed * "base camps" on Cambodian territory.1970: (March 19) Sihanouk overthrown in a coup by Lon Nor.
(March 23) Sihanouk announces formation of United Front with his formerenemy, theKhmer Rouge* led by Pol Pot. Their goal: opposition to Lon Nol'sgovernment.(April 30) United States and South Viet Namese* troops invade Cambodia,without Lon Nol's knowledge or approval, in order to attack "base camps" ofNorth Vietnamese. US troops withdraw on June 30.
1972: Two million Cambodians made homeless by the civil war between Lon Noland the Khmer Rouge.
1973: (January 27) Paris Agreement signed, ending the war in Vietnam*. Article 20called on all foreign countries to "put an end to all military activities inCambodia".(February 8) Massive US bombing of Cambodia resumed after halt inJanuary, 1973.(August 15) US bombing ceases.
1975: (April 17) Poi Pot and the Khmer Rouge enter Phnom Penh, force LonNol to flee, and begin emptying major towns and cities. Beginning of the fouryear Cambodian "holocaust" during which an estimated 1-3 millionCambodians were executed and thousands put into re-education, andforced- labor camps by Pol Pot government.(May 3) Fighting begins between Kampuchea* and Viet Nam.(September 9) Sihanouk returns as nominal Head of State of "DemocraticKampuchea" under the control of the Khmer Rouge.
1976: (April 4) Sihanouk forced to resign and go into exile.1977: Heavy fighting between Kampuchea and Viet Nam along border.
23
1978: ( December 25) Viet Nam invades Kampuchea.1979: (January 7) Viet Nam captures Phnom Penh. Cambodian Heng Samrin* is
installed as Head of the new "People's Republic of Kampuchea"*.Vietnamese and Cambodian troops drive the Khmer Rouge towards theThai* border. Cambodian aid efforts begin, initially from Vietnam and theeastern European bloc countries and, later, international and Westernagencies. Word of the Khmer Rouge atrocities slowly receive internationalpress coverage.
1979-1981: "Democratic Kampuchea" (Pol Pot's Khmer Rouge government nowdriven to the Tai border) is seated at the United Nations.
1982: Pol Pot and the Khmer Rouge, exiled Prince Sihanouk, and the Khmer People'sNational Liberation Front(KPLNF) led by Son Sann* form a coalitiongovernment in exile which they name "Democratic Kampuchea" (A namepreviously used by the Khmer Rouge government in exile.) This coalitiongovernment became the recognized Cambodian government in the UnitedNations.
1979-1989: Vietnamese-backed regime continues to rule Kampuchea in Phnom Penh.Cambodian refugees flood camps along Thai border. Frequent armedattacks by the Khmer Rouge (backed by China* ) in western Cambodia aswell as against the government in Phnom Penh. The armed oppositiongroup, Khmer People's National Liberation Front , led by Son Sann receivesbacking from the United States.
1989: All Vietnam troops leave Kampuchea. Area again referred to as Cambodia.Leader in Phnom Penh, Hun Sen*, renounces communism.
1979-1990: On-going negotiations with the United Nations and all parties of the
Cambodian conflict.1990: (September 10 ) The formation of the Supreme National Council of
Cambodia*,SNC, which replaces the coalition government formed in 1982,as the unique legitimate and sovereign source of authority in Cambodia. TheSNC is recognized by the United Nations and the international community.The SNC is comprised of the Khmer Rouge, Prince Sihanouk (unanimouslyelected President of SNC), the Phnom Penh government (Hun Sen) and theKhmer People's National Liberation Front (Son Sann).
1991: (October 23 ) "The Agreements on a Comprehensive Political Settlement ofthe Cambodia Conflict"* signed by the SNC and 18 other nations* in thepresence of the United Nations Secretary General*.(October 31) The United Nations Security Council resolution 718 calls "on allparties to comply fully" with the agreements.(November 20) The United Nations General Assembly adopts resolution 46/18fully supporting the agreements, "marking an historic occasion for the people ofCambodia".
(The detailed story of the U.N. negotiations and final agreements(1979-1992) arecovered In Lessons 5 and 6)
24 31
Handout 4D
Key Players and Events
* Agreements on a Comprehensive Political Settlement of the Cambodia Conflict: Afour part document signed by the SNC and 18 nations, through the efforts of the U.N.Secretary-General, and approved by the Security Council and General Assemply ofthe United Nations in 1991. Culmination of 13 years of negotiation.
First steps in implementation in Cambodia begun in 1992. A precedent settingdocument inthat the SNC "has delegated all powers necessary to ensureimplementation of the Agreement". (The detailed story of the U.N. negotiations andfinal agreements(1979-1992) are covered in Lessons 5 and 6)
* China (People's Republic); Continued military help to Pol Pot and the Khmer Rougefrom 1979 on. Uncertainty on present role since the Khmer Rouge became partners inSNC.
Along with 17 other nations, signed the1991U.N. Peace Agreement, as part of theParis Conference on Cambodia. And later , as a permanent member of the U.N.Security Council adopted the agrreement.
* Democratic Kampuchea: The name given to Cambodia during the Khmer Rougeperiod 1975-79. Subsequently the name of the exiled Khmer Rouge "government"seated at the U.N., 1979-81. From 1982-1991, comprised a Coalition of the KhmerRouge, Son Sarin, and Sihanouk, seated at the U.N.
* France: One of the colonizing powers of Indochina (today's Southeast Asia).Defeated by Ho Chi Minh and his followers , Viet Minh, in 1954. Leader in creating theParis Peace Conference (1989-1991) which resulted in the 1991 Peace Agreementfor Cambodia.
Along with 17 other nations, signed the 1991 U.N. Peace Agreement, as part of theParis Conference on Cambodia. And later , as a permanent member of the U.N.Security Council adopted the agrreement.
* Hun Sen : President of the Vietnamese -backed regime in Phnom Penh, thePeople's Republic of Kampuchea from 1985 -1992 . Renounced Communism in 1989when Vietnam troops left Cambodia. In 1991, agreed to be a partner in the SNC andsigned the U.N. Peace Agreement.
* Heng Samrin: Communist President of the Vietnamese -backed regime in PhnomPenh, the People's Republic of Kampuchea from 1979-1985. Formerly a member of
25
(:
the pro-Vietnamese faction of the Khmer Rouge. Took part in an unsuccessful uprisingagainst the Poi Pot regime in 1978, before defecting to Vietnam. Succeeded by HunSen in 1985 .
* Khmer: Used interchangably with "Kampuchean", as in "Khmer people".
* Khmer Rouge: Communist insurgent movement in the Cambodian countryside thatfinally took power in 1975 under the leadership of Pol Pot. Brutal execution of millionsof Cambodians during its regime.
When they were driven out of power by the Vietnamese-led forces in 1979, becamedominate partner in the Coalition government in exile, seated at the U.N. Although amember of the 1991 SNC, and signer of the 1991 U.N. Cambodia Peace Agreement,the Khmer Rouge continue to be a military threat to peace efforts.
* Lon Nol: Minister of Defense and Prime Minister under Sihanouk before 1970.Overthrew Sihanouk in coup, March, 1970. Prime Minister, Commander-in-chief andHead of State of the "Khmer Republic" 1970-1975. Fled to Hawaii, April, 1975.
* North Viet Nam: Designated in the 1954 Geneva Accords as an area north of the54th parallel. With South Vietnam,promised a nation-wide election inl 956 which wascancelled. Center of the Vietnamese Communist Party, led by nationalist Ho Chi Minh.Capitol city, Hanoi.
Led guerella-like war against the United States and South Vietnam from 1954-1973.Thought to be using "base camps" in Cambodia to transport troops into South Vietnam(1970-1973). Signed the 1973 Peace Accords. United Vietnam in 1975, with its capitolin Hanoi. (See Handout 4E for details of Vietnam War)
* People's Republic of Kampuchea: The name given to Kampuchia under the HengSamrin/Hun Sen government, 1979-1989.
* Pol Pot: A Cambodian Marxist who fled Phnom Penh in 1963. Leader of the KhmerRouge. Secretary General of the Communist Party of Kampuchea, 1963-1978. PrimeMinister of "Democratic Kampuchea", 1976-78.
Responsible for the Cambodian "holocaust", the re-education camps and forced laborcamps from 1975-1979. Commander-in-chief of a 30,000 Khmer Rouge army. Led theCambodian faction supported by China. Member of the 1982 Coalition in exile thatrepresented Kampuchea in U.N.
In 1991, agreed to have the Khmer Rouge be a partner in the SNC and signed theU.N. Peace Agreement. Remains a questionable part of the peacebuilding efforts.
26
* Sihanouk, Prince Norodom: King of Cambodia, 1941-1955. Abdicated in 1955 andruled as Prince and Head of State until deposed by Lon Nol in 1970. Head ofgovernment in exile from 1970-1975. Returned to Phnom Penh as nominal Head ofState under the Khmer Rouge in 1975.
Forced into retirement in 1976. From 1982-1991, President of the exiled "DemocraticKampuchea" (the exiled government seated at the U.N.), in coalition with the KhmerRouge and Son Senn. Maintained up to 3,000 troops along Thai border.
In 1991, agreed to be a partner in the SNC and signed the U.N. Peace Agreement.Chosen by the SNC to be President of the SNC during transition period of U.N.peacebuilding efforts. Becomes Head of State in 1993 and continues to be extremelypopular with the Cambodian people.
* Son Sann: Former Prime Minister of Cambodia, under Sihanouk. President of the"Khmer People's National Liberation Front (KPNLF). Led the Cambodian factionsupported by the United States. In 1982 became Prime Minister of "DemocraticKampuchea" (the exiled government seated at the U.N.), in coalition with the KhmerRouge and Sihanouk.
Maintained an army of 10,000 on the Thai border. 'In 1991, agreed to be a partner inthe SNC and signed the U.N. Peace Agreement.
South Viet Nam: Designated in the 1954 Geneva Accords as an area south of the54th parallel. With North Vietnam, promised a nation-wide election in1956 which wascancelled. Saigon based governments joined with the United States in war againstNorth Vietnam from 1954-1973.
With the United States invaded neutral Cambodia in 1970, fearing hidden KhmerRouge support of "base camps" for Viet Cong and North Vietnamese communistguerrellas. Signed the 1973 Peace Accords. With North Vietnam formed a unitedVietnam in 1975, with its capitol in Hanoi. (See Handout 4E for details of Vietnam War)
* Supreme National Council of Cambodia: Replace the Coalition government ofDemocratic Kampuchea in 1991 and comprised of Son Sann and his "KhmerPeople's National Liberation Front" , Prince Sihanouk, Pol Pot and his Khmer Rouge,and the Phnom Penh government of Han Sen. Signed the 1991 U.N. PeaceAgreement.
Thailand: Border country of Cambodia. Neutral player during the Vietnam War.However, United States used bases there to fly secret bombing missions intoCambodia in early 1970's. Many Cambodian refugees fled to the Thai border duringthe Khmer Rouge rule and later Vietnamese backed government rule.
27
Some times violent clashes between the Thai border patrols, the refugee campresidents, and the armies of the varied Cambodian factions in exile. Along with 17other nations, signed the 1991 U.N. Peace Agreement, as part of the ParisConference on Cambodia.
* United States of America: Involved in Southeast Asia from the early 1950's through1975 with increasing military involment in an attempt to keep Vietnam from totalCommunist rule. In 1970 bombed and invaded neutral Cambodia, fearing hiddenKhmer Rouge support of "base camps" for Viet Cong and North Vietnamesecommunist guerrellas that were threatening the south.
Signed the 1973 Peace Accords. During the 1980's supported the "Khmer People'sNational Liberation Front (KPNLF) under the leadership of Son Sann. Along with 17other nations, signed the 1991 U.N. Peace Agreement, as part of the ParisConference on Cambodia. And later , as a permanent member of the U.N. SecurityCouncil adopted the agrreement. (See Handout 4E for details of Vietnam War)
* Viet Cong: Communist South Vietnamese guerrellas, suspected of using the "basecamps" in Cambodia during the Vietnam War. (See Handout 4E for details of VietnamWar)
* Viet Nam: Since 1975, an independent, communist country with economic andmilitary support from the former USSR. In 1979, invaded Kampuchea and establisheda Viet Nam-backed government under the leadership of Heng Samrin.
Continued to support Phnom Penh government economically and militarily through the80's. Through the efforts of the U.N., agreed to withdraw its troops from Kampuchea in1989. Along with 17 other nations, signed the 1991 U.N. Peace Agreement, as part ofthe Paris Conference on Cambodia.
28
Handout 4E
Parallel Histories: Vietnam and the United States
Vietnam United States
8000 BC "Mississippi settlements" intoday's Minnesota
2000 BC
400 BC
Austro-Asian Migrations
Viets in Red River Valley
Kingdom of NAM VIET
China controls NAM VIET
Nam Viet Independence
viets conquer Chanpe
French missionaries arrive
Nguyen dynasty names land,Vietnam
207 BC
111 BC
900 AD Mayan civilization
939 AD
1200 AD Aztec Civilization
1471 AD
1492 AD Europeans "discover" Americancontinents
1570 AD Irroquois League formed
1600 AD Europeans colonize theAmericas
1620 AD
1700 AD Independence movements inNorth America
1776 AD Independence declared;country named The UnitedStates
1800 AD
1804 AD
1850 AD
29
w"... - -
Independence movements inSouth America
Continental expansion
(continued)
French military expedition 1858 ADarrives
1865 United States'. Civil War
French Protectorate Treaty 1885
Birth of Ho Chi Minh
Revolts against French
IndoChinese Communist
1890
1898 U.S. War with Spain inPacific and Carribean
1908
1917 United States enters WI
1919 "Red Scare" in USA
1930Party founded
1938 "Peace in our time" Munich
Japan lands in Vletnam 1940
Viet Minh League founded 1941 U.S. enters WWII...PearlHarbor
Vietnam declared independence 1945 Atomic bombs dropped in Japan
French create government of 1946South Vietnam
Beginning of Franco/Vietminh War
1949 Department of State "whitepaper" on China
1950 U.S. and UN troops to Korea
30
(continued)
Battle of Dien Bien Phu
1952 "Red Scare" in United States
President Eisenhower elected
1954 U.S. attends Genevaconference
End of Franco/Vietminh War
Geneva Agreements
Beginning of American/Viet 1955 Military aid and advisorsCong (NLF) War
Diem becomes President ofSouth Vietnam
National Liberation Frontfounded by Ho Chi Minh
President Diem assassinated
Hostile fire in Tonkin Bay
North Vietnam bombed
TET offensive in cities
sent to President Diem
1956
1960 President Kennedy elected
1961 Bay of Pigs
1962 Cuban Missile Crisis
1963 President Kennedy assassi-nated
1964
1965
1966
President Johnson assumesoffice
Gulf of Tonkin Resolution
Anti-war demonstration
400,000 troops in Vietnam
1968 Nixon elected President
President Thieu comes to power 540,000 American troops inVietnam
31
3 8
(continued)
Paris Peace talks begin
1969 Secret bombing of Cambodia
1970 U.S. invasion of Cambodia
Ho Chi Minh dies 1971
Paris Peace Agreement signed 1973 Paris Peace Agreement signed
American troops leave Vietnam
War Powers Act passed byCongress
Nixon resigns
End of American/Viet Cong War 1975 Last Americans leave Saigon
Saigon renamed Ho Chi Minh City
1976 President Carter elected
1977 Vietnamese boat people arrive
Vietnam invades Cambodia and 1978sets up a Vietnamese controlledgovernment there.
1982 Vietnam War Memorial dedi-cated in Washington, D.C.
See handout 40 for more recent chronology.
32
Lesson 5
The United Nations: Peacemaking in Cambodia
"Constantly rebuffed but never discouraged ,
they went around from state to state helping peopleto settle their differences, arguing against wanton attack
and pleading for the suppression of arms, that the age In whichthey lived might be saved from its state of continual war.To this end
they interviewed princes and lectured the common people,nowhere meeting with any great success, but obstinately
persisting in their task, til kings and comiloners grewweary of them. Yet undeterred they continued to
force themselves on people's attention."A description of his followersby Sung Tzu
a Chinese philospopher of the 4th Century B C
ObjectivesStudents will be able to:
* create an updated timeline based on information from student reports.* debate the positives and negatives of the U.N. as "neutral party' and ofnegotiation in Cambodian Conflict.* discuss the demands and challenges of reconciliation.* apply the negotiation-model to a school or neighborhood conflict.
Materials* Handout 5A, Reading from U.N. "Agreements on a Comprehensive PoliticalSettlement of the Cambodia Settlement.* Handout 5B,Chronology of Negotiation: 1979-1992* Appendix, Agenda for Peace* Handouts 4C and 4D can be used as resources
Student charts, Lesson 3 (optional)* Student Mural, Lesson 3 (optional)* Student Timeline, Lesson 4 (optional)* Journals
Time Six 15 minute periodsPre-lesson reading assignment for selected students (see below)
Vocabulary (Lesson 4 Handouts 4C and 4D can be used as resources)
Pre-Lesson AssignmentBefore starting this lesson, have a group of students (number based on number ofsmall groups you will have for discussion) read Handouts 5A and 5B. Help clarify anyquestions they have on the readings.
33
Explain to them that the previous Lesson covered the military struggle in Cambodia.These readings and this Lesson cover the story of the long and difficult negotiationsand diplomacy in Cambodia.
Have students prepare a report on the negotiations and proposed settlement of theconflict. Assure them that they need not know all the facts. The other students willhave copies of the Handouts as they give the reports.
The goal is to present the challenges and difficulties in bringing people together whoare in conflict and reaching a peaceful settlement.
Introduction
15 minutesHave students debate the "pros and cons of settling disputes with military means andsettling disputes with diplomatic means.
Have them discuss the advantages and limitations in having a "third party', who isneutral and impartial, work with adversaries in resolving differences. (Lessons 1-3)
Explain that this lesson will look at the work (diplomacy rather than military)of theUnited Nations (a nuetral, impartial third party) in the proposed settlement of theCambodia conflict.
Learning Sequence
30 minutes1. Distribute Handouts 5A and 5B. Put students in small groups with one student-reporter in each. Have student give report on chronology of U.N. negotiations 1979-1991. Other students will follow report using Handouts as a guide.
After report, have students discuss raise questions and clarify points. The teacher maywant to read significant parts of handout appropriate to small group needs andquestions.
45 minutes2. Have small groups discuss the following:
a To what extent did the four Cambodian groups_ ?articipate as adversaries? ix$problem solvers? Which skill is better for negotiation?
* To what degree was there evidence of trust and respect among the fourgroups? To what degree was there evidence of trust and respect for the U.N. asa neutral party?
34
4'i
* To what degree was there evidence of multiple options rather than aright/wrong solution?
* Why do you think the presence of numbers of countries at the ParisConference on Cambodia (PCC, 1989-1991) strengthen the negotiations?
* Identify and list the skills used that encouraged negotiated rather thanadversarial solutions. To what degree were they successful?
* Identify examples of U.N. definitions of ways to bring about peace(Appendix,Agenda For Peace or posted class charts- Lesson 3)
* Talk about a recent conflict in your school, community, neighborhood.
1. To what extent could negotiation be useful in resolving the conflict? Whatwould be some of its limitations?2. Who could you identify as a respected neutral "third party" for the conflict?3. If your school has a conflict resolution model, check to see about itsstrengths and weaknesses, and make suggestions to improve it from today'sdiscussion. Or discuss creating a model for your school with the appropriate"key players".
ClosureHave students read the quote at the beginning of the lesson and write in their journalstheir thoughts and feelings on the on-going need for peace-making in their own lives,their community, the nation, the world.
Extension of Lesson* Have students continue timeline. (lesson 4)* Have students incorporate information into mural from Lesson 3 or create mural asdescribed in Lesson 3.
ResourcesCambodia: Saving the Cold War Battlefields, newspaper series, MinnesotaStar Tribune, April 11-13, 1993.Cambodia: Peace or Democracy, newspaper article, St Paul Pioneer Press, May 16,1993.Brother Number One: A Political Biography of Pol Pot, David Chandler, WestviewPress, 1992.Brother Enemy: The War after the War, Nayan Chanda, Collier Books, 1988.When the War Was Over: Cambodia's Revolution and the Voices of Its People,Elizabeth Becker, Simon and Schuster, 1986.The Quality of Mercy: Cambodia. Holocaust and Modern Conscience. WilliamShawcross, Simon and Schuster,1984.
35
Handout 5A
Reading from the United Nations"Agreements on the Comprehensive Political Settlement
of the Cambodia Conflict"
Helpful hints for giving a report on this reading.
1. Use Handout 58 for your basic outline of the reading based on chronologyand key developments. Also Handouts 4C, 4D, 7B are good resources.
2. Your main goal is to share the "spirit" of negotiation, the time committment,the difficulties of compromise and yet the satisfaction of completion. Highlightthose points that support these elements of negotiation. Check discussionquestions in lesson.
3. You may need to list some vocabulary for your classmates. Be sure to readthe expectations in the Learning Sequence of the lesson.
4. Don't get "bogged down" in detail. These questions might help you:
* Name 2-3 major points of the original framework proposed by the Secretary-General.* What were 2-3 points of the working document presented at the first JIMmeeting? What was the MOST pressing issue for Cambodia, according tothe Secretary-General?* What were the 3 main points of the draft aggreement? What were thesticking points?* What does the Agreement ACTUALLY provide for?
5. Let your classmates know that details of the agreement will be covered inLesson 6.
6. Good luck. You are educating yourself and your classmates on the "art ofnegotiation".
364 3
4
A G
R E
EM
EN
TS
ON
A C
OM
PR
EH
EN
SIV
E
PO
LIT
ICA
L S
ET
TLE
ME
NT
OF
TH
E C
AM
BO
DIA
CO
NF
LIC
T
4
PA
RIS
, 23
OC
TO
BE
R 1
991
UN
ITI
NA
TtO
NS
BA
CK
GR
OU
ND
NO
TE
ON
TH
E
NE
GO
TIA
TIN
G P
RO
CE
SS
4
On
23 O
ctob
er 1
991,
the
Agr
eem
ents
on a
Com
preh
ensi
ve P
o-
litic
al S
ettle
men
t of t
he C
ambo
dia
Con
flict
wer
e si
gned
by
Cam
bodi
a an
d 18
oth
erna
tions
in th
e pr
esen
ce o
f the
Uni
ted
Nat
ions
Sec
reta
ry-G
ener
al. T
he a
gree
men
tsw
ere
the
culm
inat
ion
of m
ore
than
a d
ecad
e of
neg
otia
tions
in w
hich
the
Sec
reta
ry-
Gen
eral
had
bee
n cl
osel
y in
volv
ed fr
om th
e ou
tset
.
The
situ
atio
n in
Cam
bodi
a w
as fi
rst c
onsi
dere
d by
the
Uni
ted
Nat
ions
Sec
urity
Cou
ncil
early
in 1
979.
Lat
er in
the
sam
e ye
ar, t
he G
ener
al A
ssem
-
bly
cons
ider
ed th
e qu
estio
n at
its
regu
lar
sess
ion
and
adop
ted
the
first
in a
long
ser
-ie
s of
res
olut
ions
on
the
subj
ect.
One
of t
he p
rovi
sion
s of
that
and
suc
ceed
ing
reso
lutio
ns r
eque
sted
the
Sec
reta
ry-G
ener
al to
follo
w th
e si
tuat
ion
clos
ely
and
toex
erci
se h
is g
ood
offk
es
in o
rder
to c
ontr
ibut
e to
a p
eace
ful s
olut
ion
to th
e pr
ohle
m.
Ano
ther
pro
visi
on w
ekom
ed th
e ef
fort
s be
gun
by th
e S
ecre
tary
-Gen
eral
to c
oord
inat
e
relie
f ass
ista
nce
to th
e C
ambo
dian
peo
ple,
ass
ista
nce
whk
h, o
ver
the
year
s, h
as n
ow
amou
nted
to m
ore
than
a b
illio
n do
llars
.
GO
OD
OF
FIC
ES
A fe
w m
onth
s fo
llow
ing
the
Inte
rnat
iona
l Con
fere
nce
on K
am-
puch
ea, c
onve
ned
in N
ew Y
ork
from
13
to 1
7 Ju
ly 1
981
by th
e G
ener
al A
ssem
bly,
Sec
reta
ry-G
ener
al la
vier
Per
ez d
e C
uella
r re
new
ed th
e of
fer
of g
ood
offic
es. H
e re
-
ques
ted
his
Spe
cial
Rep
rese
ntat
ive
for
Hum
anita
rian
Affa
irs in
Sou
th-E
ast A
sia,
Raf
eeud
din
Ahm
ed, t
o es
tabl
ish
cont
acts
with
the
prin
cipa
l cou
ntrie
s co
ncer
ned
inor
der
to a
sses
s th
e po
sitio
ns o
f the
par
ties
and
enco
urag
e, th
roug
h di
alog
ue, t
he g
radu
-
al r
econ
c ili
atio
n of
vie
wpo
ints
. Acc
ordi
ngly
, Mr.
Ahm
ed u
nder
took
a m
issi
on in
Feb
ru-
ary
and
Mar
c h
1982
to «
msu
lt w
ith G
over
nmen
ts in
the
regi
on a
nd to
enc
oura
geth
em to
con
side
r th
e co
nven
ing
of a
lim
ited
inte
rnat
iona
l con
fere
nce
to b
ring
toge
ther
the
part
ies,
reg
iona
l cou
ntrie
s co
ncer
ned
and
the
five
perm
anen
t mem
bers
of t
heS
ecur
ity C
ounc
il. A
t the
sam
e tim
e, th
e S
ecre
tary
-Gen
eral
con
tinue
d hi
s ow
n co
n-ta
cts
with
Gov
ernm
ents
, bot
h at
Uni
ted
Nat
ions
Ilea
dqua
rter
s an
d at
cap
itals
aro
und
the
wor
ld, l
ie r
epor
ted
to th
e G
ener
al A
ssem
bly
at it
s th
irty-
seve
nth
sess
ion
in 1
982
that
onl
y a
«mnp
rehe
nsiv
e po
litic
al s
olut
ion,
ac
hiev
ed th
roug
h ge
nuin
e ne
gotia
tions
,m
mld
ulti
mat
ely
brin
g iw
ac e
.1
le r
eite
rate
d hi
s de
term
inat
ion
to c
ontin
ue to
exe
r-is
e hi
s go
od o
ff i«
s an
d to
ass
ist a
ll pa
rtie
s co
ncer
ned
in th
e se
arch
for
a ne
gotia
ted
settl
emen
t.
On
the
Sec
reta
ry-G
ener
al's
beh
alf,
Mr.
Ahm
ed v
isite
d th
e re
gion
man
y tim
es o
ver
the
year
s; in
198
5, th
e S
ecre
tary
-Gen
eral
him
self
did
so. O
n th
eba
sis
of h
is (
lisc
ussi
rms,
the
Sec
ret
ary-
Gen
eral
was
abl
e to
iden
tify
a nu
mbe
r of
oh-
ject
ives
on
whi
ch th
ere
seem
ed to
be
a de
gree
of c
onve
rgen
ce.
He
liste
d th
ese
poin
ts
in h
is r
epor
t to
the
Gen
eral
Ass
embl
y at
its
fort
ieth
ses
sion
in 1
985,
thus
rec
ordi
ng
for
the
first
tim
e th
e m
ain
elem
ents
of a
com
preh
ensi
vepo
litic
al s
ettle
men
t. H
is e
f-
fort
s ov
er th
e ne
xt th
ree
year
s ce
ntre
d on
iden
tifyi
ng th
e ci
rcum
stan
ces
in w
hich
thes
e
obje
ctiv
es m
ight
be
achi
eved
.
In D
ecem
ber
1987
, Prin
ce N
orod
om S
ihan
ouk
and
Mr.
Hun
Sen
met
for
the
first
tim
e in
Fra
nce,
and
a m
onth
late
r he
ld a
seco
nd r
ound
of t
alks
. Fol
-
low
ing
the
initi
atio
n of
this
dia
logu
e, th
e S
ecre
tary
-Gen
eral
dec
ided
in J
une
1988
to a
sk h
is S
peci
al R
epre
sent
ativ
e to
trav
el to
Sou
th-E
ast A
sia
tore
lay
to th
e fo
ur C
am-
bodi
an p
artie
s an
d co
ncer
ned
Gov
ernm
ents
of t
he r
egio
n ce
rtai
n co
ncre
te id
eas
whi
ch
mig
ht s
erve
as
a fr
amew
ork
for
a co
mpr
ehen
sive
set
tlem
ent p
lan.
The
pro
posa
ls p
utfo
rwar
d by
the
Sec
reta
ry-G
ener
al e
labo
rate
d th
e ob
ject
ives
he
had
iden
tifie
d in
198
5
and
prop
osed
inte
grat
ion
of th
e va
rious
ele
men
ts in
to a
com
preh
ensi
ve s
chem
e le
ad-
ing
to th
e es
tabl
ishm
ent o
f an
inde
pend
ent,
neut
ral a
nd n
on-a
ligne
d C
ambo
dian
sta
te.
In p
artic
ular
, the
fram
ewor
k pr
ovid
ed fo
r an
ove
rall
timef
ram
e fo
r a
ceas
e-fir
e an
d
the
with
draw
al o
f all
fore
ign
forc
es fr
om C
ambo
dia,
the
disp
ositi
on o
f the
Cam
bodi
anar
med
ele
men
ts, s
elf-
dete
rmin
atio
n th
roug
h fr
ee a
nd fa
ir ge
nera
l ele
ctio
ns a
nd th
e
form
atio
n of
a n
atio
nal r
econ
cilia
tion
adm
inis
trat
ion
in C
ambo
dia
pend
ing
thos
e el
ec-
tions
, all
with
inte
rnat
iona
l sup
ervi
sion
and
ver
ifica
tion;
the
repa
tria
tion
and
rein
-te
grat
ion
of r
efug
ees
and
disp
lace
d pe
rson
s; a
nd th
e im
plem
enta
tion
of m
easu
res,
incl
udin
g a
hum
an r
ight
s ed
ucat
ion
prog
ram
me,
to e
nsur
e th
e no
n-re
turn
to p
oli-
cies
and
pra
ctic
es o
f the
pas
t. In
add
ition
, the
Sec
reta
ry-G
ener
al fo
resa
w th
e pr
ovi-
sion
of i
nter
natio
nal g
uara
ntee
s fo
r a
settl
emen
t, an
d th
e la
unch
ing
of a
pro
gram
me
for
the
reha
bilit
atio
n an
d re
cons
truc
tion
of C
ambo
dia.
The
Sec
reta
ry-G
ener
al c
lari-
fied
that
this
inte
grat
ed a
ppro
ach
was
inte
nded
onl
y as
a fo
cus
for
dial
ogue
bet
wee
n
the
part
ies
conc
erne
d, a
nd th
at h
e w
as p
repa
red
to e
xplo
re a
ny o
ther
ave
nue
to h
aste
n
a pe
acef
ul, j
ust a
nd la
stin
g so
lutio
n.
Fol
low
ing
the
Sec
reta
ry-G
ener
al's
pro
posa
ls, t
he p
roce
ss o
f di-
alog
ue a
nd n
egot
iatio
n ga
ther
ed m
omen
tum
. The
firs
t fac
e-to
-fac
e ta
lks
betw
een
all
four
Cam
bodi
an p
artie
s to
ok p
lace
on
the
occa
sion
of t
he J
akar
ta In
form
al M
eetin
g(J
IM),
hos
ted
by In
done
sia,
in J
uly
1988
. Rep
rese
ntat
ives
of V
iet N
am, t
he L
ao P
eo-
ple'
s D
emoc
ratic
Rep
ublic
and
the
Ass
ocia
tion
of S
outh
-Eas
t Asi
an N
atio
ns w
ere
also
invi
ted.
A s
econ
d JI
M w
as h
eld
in F
ebru
ary
1989
. Am
ong
the
item
s di
scus
sed
was
the
gene
ral u
nder
stan
ding
that
an
inte
rnat
iona
l con
trol
mec
hani
sm s
houl
d pl
ay a
role
in s
uper
visi
ng a
nd c
ontr
ollin
g th
e im
plem
enta
tion
of a
ny a
gree
men
ts r
each
edby
the
part
ies.
All
four
Cam
bodi
an p
artie
s ag
ain
part
icip
ated
in ta
lks
held
in P
aris
in J
uly
1989
, on
the
eve
of th
e P
aris
Con
fere
nce
on C
ambo
dia.
PA
RIS
CO
NF
ER
EN
CE
ON
CA
MB
OD
IA -
Eig
htee
n co
untr
ies
and
the
Cam
bodi
an p
artie
s at
tend
ed th
e C
on-
fere
nce,
hel
d fr
om 3
0 Ju
ly to
30
Aug
ust 1
989
at th
e in
itiat
ive
of F
ranc
e. T
he F
renc
h
and
the
Indo
nesi
an F
orei
gn M
inis
ters
act
ed a
s co
-Pre
side
nts.
Als
o pa
rtic
ipat
ing
r:I
his
offic
ial c
apac
ity w
as th
e S
ecre
tary
-Gen
eral
of t
he U
nite
d N
atio
ns. A
ddre
ssin
g th
e
open
ing
sess
ion,
tie
Sec
reta
ry-G
ener
al n
oted
that
, whi
le th
e pr
inci
pal o
bjec
tives
of
such
a s
ettle
men
t wer
e ac
cept
ed b
y al
l, so
me
sign
ifica
nt s
ubst
antiv
e di
ffere
nces
re-
mai
ned
to b
e re
solv
ed. H
e su
bseq
uent
ly p
ut fo
rwar
d a
num
ber
of w
orki
ng d
octi
.
men
ts d
esig
ned
to fa
cilit
ate
brid
ging
thos
e di
ffere
nces
. In
part
icul
ar, h
e ad
dres
sed
the
mili
tary
asp
ects
in s
ome
deta
il, o
utlin
ed th
e st
eps
nece
ssar
y fo
r in
tern
atio
nally
-su
perv
ised
ele
ctio
ns, p
ut fo
rwar
d a
prop
osal
for
the
repa
tria
tion
of r
efug
ees
and
dis-
plac
ed p
erso
ns a
nd o
utlin
ed w
hat t
he U
nite
d N
atio
ns c
ould
do
for
the
reha
bilit
a-tio
n an
d re
cons
truc
tion
of C
ambo
dia
at th
e ap
prop
riate
tim
e. In
add
ition
, he
poin
ted
out t
hat f
urth
er in
form
atio
n on
the
situ
atio
n in
side
Cam
bodi
a w
ould
be
nece
ssar
yfo
r th
e de
ploy
men
t of a
n in
tern
atio
nal c
ontr
ol m
echa
nism
, and
that
a fa
ct-f
indi
ngm
issi
on w
ould
go
to C
ambo
dia
to g
athe
r th
e ne
cess
ary
tech
nica
l inf
orm
atio
n. T
heC
onfe
renc
e ag
reed
, and
a m
issi
on w
as d
ispa
tche
d by
the
Sec
reta
ry-G
ener
al to
vis
itth
e ar
ea fr
om 6
to 1
9 A
ugus
t 198
9.
Whe
n th
e C
onfe
renc
e w
as s
uspe
nded
on
30 A
ugus
t, th
e co
n-cl
udin
g st
atem
ent n
oted
that
, whi
le p
rogr
ess
had
been
mad
e in
ela
bora
ting
a w
ide
varie
ty o
f ele
men
ts, a
com
preh
ensi
ve s
ettle
men
t had
not
yet
bee
n ac
hiev
ed. T
heS
ecre
tary
-Gen
eral
, in
his
repo
rt to
the
fort
y-fo
urth
ses
sion
of t
he G
ener
al A
ssem
bly
in O
ciob
er 1
989,
poi
nted
out
that
the
mos
t im
port
ant o
utst
andi
ng is
sue
was
nat
ion-
al r
econ
cilia
tion.
To
begi
n to
res
olve
this
issu
e, v
iabl
e ad
min
istr
ativ
e ar
rang
emen
tsha
d to
be
mad
e fo
r th
e tr
ansi
tion
perio
d le
adin
g to
free
, fai
r an
d in
tern
atio
nally
-su
perv
ised
ele
ctio
ns. O
ther
det
ails
rem
aine
d to
be
wor
ked
out a
s w
ell.
A fi
rm b
asis
for
the
nego
tiatio
ns r
equi
red
a ge
nuin
e sp
irit o
f com
prom
ise.
The
Sec
reta
ry-G
ener
alas
sure
d al
l par
ties
that
he
wou
ld c
ontin
ue to
do
wha
teve
r he
cou
ld to
furt
her
the
nego
tiatin
g pr
oces
s.
CO
NS
ULT
AT
ION
S O
F T
HE
FIV
E
Am
ong
the
coun
trie
s at
tend
ing
the
1989
Par
is C
onfe
renc
e on
Cam
bodi
a w
ere
the
five
perm
anen
t mem
bers
of t
he S
ecur
ity C
ounc
il: C
hina
, Fra
nce,
the
Sov
iet U
nion
, the
Uni
ted
Kin
gdom
and
the
Uni
ted
Sta
tes.
The
ir pr
esen
ce m
arke
d
a sh
ared
inte
rest
in a
chie
ving
a n
egot
iate
d se
ttlem
ent.
In J
anua
ry 1
990,
they
beg
an
a se
ries
of h
igh-
leve
l mee
tings
suc
cess
ivel
y in
New
Yor
k an
d in
Par
is to
dis
cuss
the
situ
atio
n in
Cam
bodi
a. 1
he
mee
tings
wer
e an
unp
rece
dent
ed a
nd h
ighl
y-vi
sibl
e
effo
rt o
n th
e pa
rt o
f the
Fiv
e to
dev
elop
the
basi
s of
a g
ener
al s
ettle
men
t agr
eem
ent.
The
Sec
reta
ry-G
ener
al w
elco
med
this
initi
ativ
e an
d re
itera
ted
that
the
Uni
ted
Na-
tions
wou
ld a
ssum
e an
y ap
prop
riate
rol
e ag
reed
upo
n by
the
part
ies
conc
erne
dan
d
appr
oved
by
the
Sec
urity
Cou
ncil.
He
stre
ssed
, how
ever
, tha
t the
man
date
whi
chm
ight
ulti
mat
ely
be e
ntru
sted
to th
e U
nite
d N
atio
ns s
houl
d be
wel
l-def
ined
, rea
lis-
tic a
nd p
ract
icab
le, a
nd th
at th
e O
rgan
izat
ion
shou
ld b
e as
sure
d of
the
nece
ssar
y
reso
urce
s fo
r its
effe
ctiv
e im
plem
enta
tion.
In th
e co
urse
of t
heir
delib
erat
ions
, the
Fiv
e co
nsid
ered
an
Aus
-tr
alia
n pr
opos
al to
enh
ance
the
role
of t
he U
nite
d N
atio
ns in
the
settl
emen
t pro
cess
,
and
took
acc
our'
the
disc
ussi
ons
amon
g th
e C
ambo
dian
par
ties,
incl
udin
g th
ose
at a
n In
form
al M
eetin
g on
Cam
bodi
a in
Jak
arta
in F
ebru
ary
1990
, and
, in
June
, at
a m
eetin
g he
ld in
Tok
yo. T
hrou
ghou
t the
pro
cess
, the
Fiv
e m
aint
aine
dre
gula
r co
n-
tact
s w
ith th
e S
ecre
tary
-Gen
eral
. The
y w
elco
med
his
dec
isio
n to
est
ablis
h a
Sec
reta
riat
task
forc
e to
faci
litat
e co
ntin
genc
y pl
anni
ng fo
r an
eve
ntua
l Uni
ted
Nat
ions
ope
ra-
tion
in C
ambo
dia.
To
faci
litat
e th
eir
requ
est f
or te
chni
cal i
nfor
mat
ion
from
the
Uni
ted
Nat
ions
Sec
reta
riat,
seve
ral f
act-
findi
ng m
issi
ons
wer
e di
spat
ched
und
er th
eau
spic
es o
f the
Sec
reta
ry-G
ener
al to
stu
dy, a
mon
g ot
her
thin
gs, c
omm
unic
atio
n an
d
tran
spor
tatio
n in
fras
truc
ture
, wat
er s
uppl
y, s
anita
tion
and
hous
ing;
str
uctu
res
of th
e
adm
inis
trat
ion;
and
mod
aliti
es fo
r th
e re
patr
iatio
n of
ref
ugee
s an
d di
spla
ced
pers
ons
and
thei
r re
inte
grat
ion
into
Cam
bodi
a.
At t
heir
sixt
h m
eetin
g on
27-
28 A
ugus
t, th
e F
ive
anno
unce
d th
at
they
had
rea
ched
agr
eem
ent o
n a
fram
ewor
k fo
r a
com
preh
ensi
ve p
oliti
cal s
ettle
-m
ent o
f the
Cam
bodi
a co
nflic
t. O
n th
e ba
sis
of th
is fr
amew
ork,
the
co-P
resi
dent
sof
the
Par
is C
onfe
renc
e co
nven
ed a
n in
form
al m
eetin
g of
the
Cam
bodi
an r
atie
s in
Jaka
rta.
The
mee
ting
culm
inat
ed, o
n 10
Sep
tem
ber,
in a
join
t sta
tem
ent a
nnou
ncin
g
that
the
four
Cam
bodi
an p
artie
s ac
cept
ed th
e fr
amew
ork,
in it
s en
tiret
y, a
s th
e ba
sis
for
settl
ing
the
conf
lict,
and
wer
e co
mm
itted
to e
labo
ratin
g th
is fr
amew
ork
into
aco
mpr
ehen
sive
pol
itica
l set
tlem
ent t
hrou
gh th
e pr
oces
ses
of th
e P
aris
Con
fere
nce.
The
join
t sta
tem
ent f
urth
er s
tipul
ated
that
the
Cam
bodi
an p
artie
s ag
reed
to fo
rm th
eS
upre
me
Nat
iona
l Cou
ncil
(SN
C)
as th
e un
ique
legi
timat
e bo
dy a
nd s
ourc
e of
aut
hori-
ty in
Cam
bodi
a th
roug
hout
a tr
ansi
tiona
l per
iod.
On
20 S
epte
mbe
r 19
90, t
he U
nit-
ed N
atio
ns S
ecur
ity C
ounc
il ad
opte
d re
solu
tion
668
endo
rsin
g th
e fr
amew
ork
form
ulat
ed b
y th
e F
ive. The
Fiv
e th
en c
alle
d up
on th
e co
-Pre
side
nts
of th
e P
aris
Con
-
fere
nce
to m
ake
the
nece
ssar
y ar
rang
emen
ts fo
r th
e el
abor
a'io
n of
a c
ompr
ehen
sive
polit
ical
set
tlem
ent a
gree
men
t bas
ed o
n th
e fr
amew
ork.
A w
orki
ng g
roup
met
on
9 an
d 10
Nov
embe
r an
d ac
hiev
ed a
gen
eral
und
erst
andi
ng o
n th
e st
ruct
ure
and
4id
111
4 3
11)
At i
ts s
econ
d fo
rmal
mee
ting
in P
atta
ya, f
rom
26
to 2
9 A
ugus
t,
the
SN
C c
onsi
dere
d th
e dr
aft s
ettle
men
t agr
eem
ents
of 2
6 N
ovem
ber
1990
, and
, with
the
part
icip
atio
n of
the
repr
esen
tativ
es o
f the
co-
Pre
side
nts
and
of th
e S
ecre
tary
-G
ener
al, a
chie
ved
sign
ifica
nt p
rogr
ess
in fi
ndin
g co
mpr
omis
e so
lutio
ns to
mos
t of
theo
utst
andi
ng d
iffic
ultie
s. T
his
incl
uded
, in
part
icul
ar, t
he q
uest
ion
of th
e m
ilita
ryar
rang
emen
ts d
urin
g th
e tr
ansi
tiona
l per
iod.
The
SN
C, t
hrou
gh P
rince
Sih
anou
k, r
e-
ques
ted
the
Sec
reta
ry-G
ener
al to
sen
d a
num
ber
of m
ilita
ry o
bser
vers
to C
ambo
dia,
and
to b
egin
reh
abili
tatio
n as
sist
ance
for
Cam
bodi
a as
soo
n as
pos
sibl
e.
On
29 a
nd 3
0 A
ugus
t, th
e V
ice-
Min
iste
rs o
f the
per
man
ent m
em-
bers
of t
he S
ecur
ity C
ounc
il an
d In
done
sia
also
met
in P
atta
ya. T
he p
rogr
ess
mad
eby
the
SN
C, e
spec
ially
with
res
pect
to m
ilita
ry m
atte
rs, w
as c
onsi
dere
d. O
n 30
Au-
gust
, the
firs
t joi
nt m
eetin
g of
the
co-P
resi
dent
s, th
e fiv
e pe
rman
ent m
embe
rs a
ndth
e S
NC
was
hel
d. O
n 19
Sep
tem
ber,
Prin
ce S
ihan
ouk
and
othe
r m
embe
rs o
f the
SN
C m
et in
form
ally
with
the
repr
esen
tativ
es o
f the
co-
Pre
side
nts
of th
e P
aris
Con
fer-
ence
on
Cam
bodi
a an
d w
ith M
r. A
hmed
in N
ew Y
ork.
Prin
ce S
ihan
ouk
indi
cate
dth
at th
e S
NC
had
rea
ched
agr
eem
ent o
n th
e is
sue
of th
e el
ecto
ral s
yste
m to
be
used
for
the
elec
tions
to b
e or
gani
zed
and
cond
ucte
d by
the
Uni
ted
Nat
ions
in C
ambo
dia
as p
art o
f the
set
tlem
ent a
gree
men
t.
SIG
NA
TU
RE
OF
TH
E A
GR
EE
ME
NT
S
The
Vic
e-M
inis
ters
of t
he fi
ve p
erm
anen
t mem
bers
and
the
repr
esen
tativ
e of
the
Indo
nesi
an c
o-P
resi
dent
met
in N
ew Y
ork
on 2
0 an
d 21
Sep
-
tem
ber
to ta
ke s
tock
of t
he s
ituat
ion.
On
20 S
epte
mbe
r, th
ey h
eld
thei
r se
cond
join
tm
eetin
g w
ith m
embe
rs o
f the
SN
C, a
t whi
ch P
rince
Sih
anou
k an
noun
ced
that
the
SN
C h
ad r
each
ed a
gree
men
t on
the
ques
tion
of th
e de
cisi
on-m
akin
g pr
oces
s du
ring
the
tran
sitio
nal p
erio
d. O
n 21
Sep
tem
ber,
the
co-P
resi
dent
s of
the
Par
is C
onfe
renc
e
on C
ambo
dia
conv
ened
in N
ew Y
ork
an in
form
al m
eetin
gof
the
Coo
rdin
atio
n C
om-
mitt
ee o
f the
Con
fere
nce.
Fol
low
ing
this
mee
ting,
Mr.
Ahm
ed a
ssis
ted
the
repr
esen
-
tativ
es o
f the
co-
Pre
side
nts
in r
evie
win
g an
d re
visi
ng th
e 26
Nov
embe
r 19
90dr
aft
text
in o
rder
to r
efle
ct th
e ag
reem
ents
rea
ched
dur
ing
the
prec
edin
g 10
mon
ths.
The
revi
sed
trxt
was
pre
sent
ed to
the
SN
C o
n 27
Sep
tem
ber
at a
noth
er in
form
al m
eetin
ghe
ld w
ith th
e co
-Pre
side
nts'
rep
rese
ntat
ives
and
Mr.
Ahm
ed. S
ubse
quen
tly, t
he c
o-
Pre
side
nts
mad
e th
e re
vise
d te
xt a
vaila
ble
to th
e ot
her
Sta
tes
part
icip
atin
g in
the
Con
-
fere
nce.
Fol
low
ing
the
visi
t to
Cam
bodi
a at
the
requ
est o
f the
SN
C o
f
a m
ilita
ry s
urve
y m
issi
on, t
he S
ecre
tary
-Gen
eral
, on
30 S
epte
mbe
r,re
com
men
ded
in a
rep
ort t
o th
e S
ecur
ity C
ounc
il th
e es
tabl
ishm
ent o
f the
Uni
ted
Nat
ions
Adv
ance
It.)
Mis
sion
in C
ambo
dia
(UN
AM
1C)
to a
ssis
t the
Cam
bodi
an p
artie
s m
aint
ain
thei
r ce
ase-
fire,
to e
xerc
ise
good
offi
ces
and
liais
on fu
nctio
ns d
urin
g th
e pe
riod
prec
edin
g th
ees
tabl
ishm
ent o
f UN
TA
C, a
nd to
est
ablis
h a
min
e aw
aren
ess
prog
ram
me.
The
Cou
n-
cil a
ppro
ved
the
repo
rt o
n 16
Oct
ober
by
its r
esol
utio
n 71
7 (1
991)
and
dec
ided
toes
tabl
ish
UN
AM
IC im
med
iate
ly a
fter
the
sign
ing
of th
e co
mpr
ehen
sive
set
tlem
ent
agre
emen
ts.
The
sec
ond
sess
ion
of th
e P
aris
Con
fere
nce
on C
ambo
dia
was
held
from
21
to 2
3 O
ctob
er 1
991.
The
Agr
eem
ents
on
a C
ompr
ehen
sive
Pol
itica
l Set
-tle
men
t of t
he C
ambo
dia
Con
flict
wer
e si
gned
at t
he fi
nal m
eetin
g, o
n 2.
3 O
ctob
er.
Thi
s ac
t mar
ked
the
begi
nnin
g of
the
tran
sitio
nal p
erio
d in
Cam
bodi
a, r
unni
ng u
pto
the
form
atio
n of
a n
ew C
ambo
dian
Gov
ernm
ent f
ollo
win
g fr
ee a
nd fa
ir el
ectio
ns.
The
Sec
urity
Cou
ncil
expr
esse
d its
full
supp
ort f
or th
ese
Agr
eem
ents
on
31 O
ctob
er,
in it
s re
solu
tion
718
(199
1), a
nd r
eque
sted
the
prep
arat
ion
of a
det
aile
d pl
an o
f im
-
plem
enta
tion.
BE
ST C
OPY
/2:1
:
,
"le
Handout 5B
Chronology of Negotiation: 1979-1993
More information on terms with an * can be found on Handouts 4C, 4D, 6A, 6B, and7B. The words in bold highlight key developments in the negotiations.
1979:The U.N. Security Council and General Assembly pass resolutions asking the U.N.Secretary General to use his "offices" in seeking a peaceful settlement for Cambodia
1981-1985:The Secretary-Generars special representative visits the region many times.Contacts the various adversarial parties, regional countries and permanent membersof the Secuirty Council. Advises the calling of an international conference.
1985:The Secretary-General visits the region. Advises the U.N. that only a comprehensivepolitical solution, with genuine negotiations, will bring peace. Identifies the mainobjectives of a comprehensive political solution. Continues to work on identifyingcircumstances in which these objectives will be reached.
1987-1988:Prince Sihanouk* and Mr Hun Sen meet*.
1988:(June) Secretary-General's Represenative travels to region and offers proposalsfor settlement with four Cambodian groups (see SNC on Handout 4D), andgovernments of the region.
(July) Jakarta Informal Meeting (JIM) with four Cambodian parties, Indonesia, VietNam*, Laos, Association of South-east Asian Nations (ASEAN)
1989:(February) Second JIM meeting.
(July) 1st Paris Conference on Cambodia (PCC), hosted by co-Presidents of France*and Indonesia; attended by 18 nations , among them the five permanent membersof the Security Council (The Five), four Cambodian groups and the Secretary-General.
(August) U.N. factfinding mission to region.
(October) Secretary-General reports to the General Assembly.
41
1990:(January) Beginning of a number of high-level meetings with the five permanentmembers of the Security Council (The Five). Considered Austrialian proposal, issuesaddressed by the Cambodian parties in Jakarta (February, 1990) and Tokyo (June,1990)
(August) Five permanent Security Council members announce a framework for thepeace agreement.
(September) Four Cambodian parties accept the framework (Jakarta Agreement) andform the Supreme National Council* (SNC). U.N. Security Council adoptsframework.
(November) The PCC co-Presidents and the Five agree to a draft of agreementbased on the approved framwork. One month later, SNC agrees to draft.
1991(April) Agreement for temporary cease fire in region. On-going discussions andmodifications of draft agreement.
(June) Prince Sihanouk joins discussions. Unconditional cease fire agreed to.Sihanouk elected President of the SNC.
(Summer) On-going talks with the represenatives of the PCC, SNC, the Five,Secretary-General in working out compromises for the difficult parts of the draftagreement.
(Fall) SNC and others reach agreement on military arrangements, elections, decisionmaking process during the transition in Cambodia. Revised text approved by allparties.
(October 16) Security Council establishes UNAMIC.
(October 23) Agreements on the a Comprehensive Political Settlement of theCambodia Conflict is signed by the 18 nations of PCC and the four CambodianParties., at the second conference of the PCC. Security Council and GeneralAssembly give full support.
1992:(March) Secretary-General announces implementation of the Agreements andestablishes the United Nations Transitional Authority in Cambodia(UNTAC).
42
t1 Li
Lesson 6
The United Nations: Peacebuilding in Cambodia
All nations can hasten the daywhen the killing fields of Cambodia can become the fertile fields
of a peaceful and prosperous people. The monuments at Angkor Watare a tribute to a Khmer spirit of long ago. Now is the time to raise a new monument
to that spirit. We must lay the foundations for a new and lastingtranquility in Cambodia and throughout Southeast Asia.
United States Secretary of State, James Baker,at International Conference on Cambodia, 1989
ObjectivesStudents will be able to:
* read accounts of the international community's rsponse to the Cambodian Peace
Agreements.* report on and discuss the UNTAC implemention of the Agreements.* focus on the U.N. peacebuilding model as "new and creative response" to conflict.* explore the meaning of "responsible dialogue" on a personal, local, national orinternational level.
Materials* Handout 5B, Chronology of Negotiation: 1979-1992* Handout 6A, A Reading about the United Nations "Agreements on theComprehensive Political Settlement of the Cambodia Conflict"
Handout 6B, 1.:nited Nations transitional Authority in Cambodia(UNTAC)* Complete copy of the Secretary-General's Report on Implementation of"Agreement" (optional-See Resource List below)* Journals
Vocabulary (More information on Handouts 5B, 6A, 6B)Paris Conference on Cambodia(PCC)Supreme National Council of Cambodia(SNC)United Nations Security CouncilSecretary-General of the United Nations
Time Eight 15 minute periods
43
Introduction
15 minutesHave students review information on Handout 5B with special attention to events in1989-1992. Encourage them to keep this handout available for easy-reference whiledoing this lesson.
Check students understanding of the Paris Conference on Cambodia(PCC), SupremeNational Council of Cambodia(SNC), the United Nations Security Council, Secretary-General of the United Nations.
Learning Sequence
30 minutes1 Distribute Handout 6A, a report on the United Nations document, "Agreements on AComprehensive Political Settlement of the Cambodia Conflict" (1991). Have studentsread the material. Help them identify the vocabulary terms listed above.
Read and discuss the quote at the beginning of this lesson and relate it to the reading.
45 minutes2. Distribute Handout 6B. Explain to the students that this is the Secretary-General'splan to establish UNTAC (United Nations Transitional Authority in Cambodia). It willput into action the principles agreed to in the Handout 6A (Agreements on theComprehensive Political Settlement of the Cambodia Conflict)
3 Have students read the background information part of the Handout. Help studentsidentify and clarify major points.
4. Create small groups of at least seven students each. Each student will read one ofthe seven descriptions of the UNTAC components. Each student share information oncomponent with the rest of small group.
5. In journals, have students briefly describe the nature of UNTAC and one significantpoint of each component of the peacebuilding plan for Cambodia. Encourage studentsto help each other in this.
30 minutes6. Have students discuss the following:
In the "Agreements", SNC is designated as the governing body of Cambodiaduring the transition period but it has also delegated all powers necessary to theUnited Nations to insure the implementation of the agreements. Discuss theimplications this has for Cambodia and the U.N. during the transition period.
44
5
* What are the strengths and weaknesses of this arrangement? To what extentis this different from peacemaking and peacekeeping?
* What are the challenges for the U.N.in this agreement? What are the
challenges for SNC?
* It has been said that the world of the 21st century will witness more andmore"internal" conflicts, cross- regional conflict, ethnic conflict, conflict that is
less and less between nations.
* This is a new world where the Alper powers no longer take opposing sides; aworld that demands new and rdreative responses.To what extent does theCambodian Agreement offe a new response?
* What are the"pros and cons" of the expanding role of the United Nations in thisnew peacebuilding model?
ClosureFormer U.N.Secretary-General Javier Perez Cuellar has said that tensions can onlybe reduced when nations and parties in conflict, begin to "hear" each other's pain inaddition to understanding each others goals. Reconciliation is "based on reciprocalconcessions and constructive, responsible dialogue."
In their journals, have students reflect on these thoughts in applying them to their ownexperiences with tension and reconciliation.
Resources
* Complete "Report of the Secretary-General on Cambodia", 19 February 1992,
S/23613, Published by the United Nations Department of Public Information,DPI/1217-May-92507-4M.
* United Nations Agreements on a Comprehensive Political Settlement of theCambodia Conflict (DPI/1180-92077-January 1992), Department of PublicInformation, Dessemination Division, United Nations, New York, New York, 10017.
* UN Chronicle, published quarterly by the United Nations Department of PublicInformation, United Nations Publications, Room DC2-0853, New York, N.Y., 10017.
45
rti 0
C:FIROHICLE, March 1992
Handout 6A
U.N.Chronicie Report on the"Agreements on the Comprehensive Political Settlemer
of the Cambodia Conflict"Major, unprecedented' role
Peace treaty to endCambodian conflict signed in Paris;
Cease-fire agreement in effectA peace treaty to end
the 13-year conflict inCambodia and preparethat South-East Asiannation for elections wassigned in Paris on 23October. Secretary-General Javier Perez deCuellar in a note (S/23179)to the Security Council on30 October described fourmajor documents adoptedby the Paris Conferenceon Cambodia (PCC).These included: the Con-ference's Final Act; anagreement on a compre-hensive political settle-ment of the Cambodianconflict, with annexes onthe mandate for the UNTransitional Authority inCambodia (UNTAC), mili-tary matters, elections,repatriation of Cambodianrefugees and displacedpersons, and the princi-ples of a new Cambodianconstitution; an agree-ment concerning the sov-ereignty, independence,territorial integrity andinviolability, neutralityand national unity ofCambodia; and a declara-tion on the rehabilitationand reconstruction ofthat country.
7,1otorarci*Ir1"
Meeting in Paris on 23 October 1991.
In the Final Act, States thatparticipated in the ConferenceAustralia, Brunei Darussalam,Cambodia, Canada, China, France,India, Indonesia, Japan, Lao People'sDemocratic Republic, Malaysia,Philippines, Singapore, Thailand,USSR, United Kingdom, UnitedStates and Viet Namcommittedthemselves to promote andencourage respect for and observ-ance of human rights and fundamen-tal freedoms in Cambodia.
They asked the International Com-mittee of the Red Cross (ICRC) tofacilitate the release of prisoners of warand civilian internees and expressed
46
their readiness to assist the ICRCin that task. The international com-munity was urged to provide gener-ous economic and financial supportto assist Cambodia in rehabilitationand reconstruction tasks.
In unanimously adopting resolu-tion 718 (1991) on 31 October, theCouncil called on all Cambodianparties to comply fully with thenew cease-fire arrangements andasked the Secretary-General tosubmit his implementation plan,including a detailed cost estimate ofUNTAC. It also called on theSupreme National Council (SNC)of Cambodia and all Cambodians
to cooperate fully with the UN inimplementing the Paris agreements.
The Council also welcomed theSecretary-General's intention tosend a survey mission to Cambodiaas soon as possible.
The UN Advance Mission inCambodia (UNAMIC) had beenestablished by the Council on 16October in its adoption of resolu-tion 717 (1991). Thc Missionbecame operational shortly after thesigning of the Paris agreements andwould exist until it is absorbed intoUNTAC. UNAMIC is to assist.inmaintaining the cease-fire, facilitatecommunications between the mili-tary headquarters of the fourCambodian parties, train civilianpopulations on how to avoid injuryfrom mines or booby traps andensure liaison between theSecretary-General and the SNC.
'Turning a new page'The Secretary-General signed the
Final Act of the PCC, which hadbeen called again into session by itsCo-Chairrnen--French ForeignMinister Roland Dumas andIndonesian Foreign MinisterMi Alatas.
In addressing the Conference,Mr. Perez de Cuellar recalledthat French President FrancoisMitterrand had proposed conveningthe Conference in July 1989. Incooperation with Indonesia, Francehad invited the UN to join in aproject, "which seemed somewhatambitious at the time", he said, ofachieving a negotiated solution tothe question of Cambodia and,thus, "putting an end to the suffer-ing imposed on the Cambodianpeople during two decades of warand destruction".
The settlement, he went on,should make it possible to "turn anew page" in Cambodia's historyand encourage the advent of an eraof peace, stability and cooperationin South-East Asia. Cambodianshad accelerated the negotiation
BEST COPXAVAILABL
-7r,
/4
UN CHM-AK:LE, March 1992
SNC President Sihanouk (left) with other Cambodian leaders.
process by recognizing that the mili-tary option had led them to an impasseand had worked towards nationalreconciliation "bascd on reciprocalconcessions and constructive, respon-sible dialogue".
The UN, the Secretary-Generalsaid, had been assigned a "majorand unprecedented" role. Heexpected UNTAC to be "the big-gest and most complex" operationin UN history.
UNTAC would supervise thecease-fire and the cessation of out-side military assistance and verifythe withdrawal of foreign forces, beresponsible for the regroupmentand cantonment of all armed forcesof the Cambodian parties andensure a 70 per cent level of dis-armament and demobilization. Itwould also help to detect and clearminefields, which represented adaily danger for the civilian popula-tion and a barrier to resumption ofall normal economic activity.
Neutral politicalenvironment
The UN would also be responsi-ble for controlling or supervising,in varying degrees, thc activities ofthe existing administrative struc-
tures, including the police, and forensuring promotion of and respectfor human rights, so that theCambodian people would not "againbe exposed to the grave abuses ofthe past", the Secretary-Generaltold the Conference. The primarygoal was to encourage a neutralpolitical environment in whichCambodians could freely determinetheir future within the frameworkof democratic elections organizedand conducted by the UN.
Repatriated refugees and dis-placed persons should vote in theelections. The repatriation processwas a parallel measure to launch aUN programme to rehabilitate andreconstruct Cambodia.
The effectiveness and ultimatelythe success of UN intervention wereclosely dependent on the full andcomplete cooperation of all theparties concerned, he said.
Once peace had been achieved, itmust be made a lasting peace, hestressed. The SNC would play akey role in that respect. During thetransitional period, the SNC, inwhich Cambodia's sovereigntywould be embodied, would be thesymbol of national reconciliation.based on the higher interest ofCambodia and its people.
1111 CHEM:ICU, March 1992
However, peace could remainephemeral if the Cambodian peopleand some of its immediate neigh-bours continued to live in destitu-tion and poverty, the Secretary-General observed. "Achieving peace isan ongoing battle", he concluded.
'Historic occasion'In adopting resolution 46118
without a vote on 20 November, theGenera! Assembly fully supportedthe Paris Agreements which wouldmaintain, preserve and guaranteeCambodia's sovereignty, indepen-dence, territorial integrity andinviolability, neutrality and nationalunity. All parties concerned wereurged to implement fully theAccords, in close cooperationwith UNTAC.
The Assembly also called uponthe relevant parties to ensurerespect for and full observance ofthe human rights and fundamentalfreedoms of the Cambodian peopleand assist them in exercising theirright to self-determination.
Assembly President Samir S.Shihabi of Saudi Arabia said theconsensus text marked "an historicoccasion for the people ofCambodia".
On 7 November, the Secretary-General reported (A/461617) that thetransitional period in Cambodiawould continue until thc newCambodian government wasformed, in accordance with thesettlement agreement.
While it was gratifying that theUN had been given wide-rangingresponsibilities for implementingthe Accords, substantial human andfinancial resources would be neededand innovative procedures wouldhave to be devised to complete suchtasks.
Also, intensified military activityin western Cambodia during thefirst part of 1991 had resulted in
renewed movements of large num-bers of people across the Thai/Cambodian border to UN BorderRelief Operation camps inThailand. The UN High Commis-sioner for Refugees would carry outrepatriation measures. Until then,those refugees should not be movedback to Cambodia prematurely.
UNAMIC beginsoperations
On 9 November, UNAMIC, withheadquarters in Phnom Penh, offi-cially began operations. An advanceteam of some 268 persons was tobe deployed by year's end.
Among States contributing mili-tary personnel to the Mission were:Algeria, Argentina, Australia,Belgium, Canada, China, France,Germany, Ghana, India, Indonesia,Ireland, Malaysia, New Zealand,Pakistan, Poland, Senegal, Tunisia,USSR, United Kingdom, UnitedStates and Uruguay.
A. H. S. Ataul Karim ofBangladesh was named UNAMICHead and Chief Liaison Officer.
re-
55
He had served as his country'sAmbassador to the United Statesand to the UN. Brigadier-GeneralMichel Loridon of France was itsSenior Military Liaison Officer.
The General Assembly on 20December approved $14,319,200 forthe UNAMIC operation from 1November 1991 to 30 April 1992.
On 30 December, the Secretary-General recommended (S/23331) tothe Security Council that UNAMICalso provide training in mine clear-ance. Concurrently, a de-miningprogramme would be initiatedurgently in northwest Cambodia totake maximum advantage of thedry season. Roads and bridgeswould also be repaired.
In a 28 December statement(A/47/63-S/23335) issued in NewYork, the Council's five permanentmembers appealed to all Cambo-dian parties to contribute to thedevelopment of the process ofnational reconciliation and themaintenance of peace by strictlyrespecting all agreements, includingthose related to assuring all neces-sary conditions for the normal func-tioning of the SNC in Phnom Penh.
Cambodians: Looking towards peace.
d48
UNITED NATIONS TRANSITIONAL AUTHORITYIN CAMBODIA (UNTAC)
Handout 6B
HEADQUARTERS: Phnom Penh, Cambodia
DATE OPERATIONAL: 15 March 1992
SPECIAL REPRESENTATIVE OF THE SECRETARY-GENERAL AND HEAD OF MISSION: Mr. Yasushi Akashi (Japan)
BACKGROUND
The Agreement on a Comprehensive Political Settle-
ment of the Cambodia Conflict, which entered intoforce on 23 October 1991, invited the Security Council
to establish the United Nations Transitional Authority
in Cambodia (UNTAC) and to provide it with the man-
date set forth in the Agreement. The Council fully sup-
ported the Agreement in its resolution 718 (1991) of 31
October 1991, and requested the Secretary-General to
prepare a detailed plan of implementation.
Under the Agreement, the Supreme National Coun-
cil of Calmbodia (SNC) is "the unique legitimate body
and source of authority in which, throughout the tran-
sitional period, the sovereignty, independence and unity
of Cambodia are enshrined". The SNC, which is made
up of the four Cambodian factions and is under the
chairmanship of Prince Norodom Sihanouk, hasdelegated to the United Nations "all powers necessary"
to ensure the implementation of the Agreement. The
transitional period commences with the entry into force
of the Agreement and terminates when the constituent
assembly elected in conformity with the Agreement has
approved the new Cambodian Constitution and trans-
formed itself into a legislative assembly, and thereafter
a new Cambodian Government has been created.
49-- -1
Prior to the establishment and deployment ofUNTAC, the Secretary-General had, on 30 September
1991, recommended that the United Nations deploy a
small advance mission in Cambodia to assist the Cam-
bodian parties to maintain the cease-fire. Based on.this
recommendation, the Security Council, by its resolu-
tion 717 (1991) of 16 October 1991, decided to establish
the United Nations Advance Mission in Cambodia
(UNAMIC) immediately after the signing of the Agree-
ment. UNAMIC became operational on 9 November
1991. It consisted of civilian and military liaison staff.
a military mine-awareness unit, and logistics and sup-
port personnel. On 8 January 1992. by its resolution
728 (1992), the Council expanded the mandate of
UNAMIC to include training in mine clearance forCambodians and the initiation of a mine-clearing pro-
gramme.
ESTABLISHMENT OF UNTAC
On 19 February 1992, the Secretary-General submit-
ted to the Security Council a report containing his pro-
posed implementation plan. The Council approved that
report and, by its resolution 745 (1992) of 28 Febru-
ary, established UNTAC under its authority for a period
not to exceed 18 months. Upon becoming operational
on 15 March 1992, UNTAC absorbed UNAMIC.
UNTAC's strength varies according to the phase of
operations, with between 15.000 and 20,000 military
and civilian personnel present at the peak time. In ad-
dition. UNTAC international staff will be supplemented
by tens of thousands of locally recruited staff, most of
them during elections. UNTAC is headed by the Spe-
cial Representative of the Secretary-General,
Mr. Yasushi Akashi (Japan). Headquarters personnel
include executive management, a coordination and liai-
son team, human rights. political, legal and economic
advisers, an information service and support staff.
UNTAC consists of seven distinct components.
Human rights component. The Agreement givesUNTAC the responsibility during the transitional period
for fostering an environment in which respect forhuman rights and fundamental freedoms is ensured.
UNTAC's activities in this regard comprise threeaspects: a human rights education programme; general
human rights oversight in all existing administrative
structures in Cambodia; and a mechanism for the in-
vestigation of allegations of human rights abuses oc-
curring during the transitional period.
Civil administration component. In order to ensure a
neutral political environment conducive to free and fair
general elections. UNTAC will exercise direct control
over existing administrative structures acting in the field
of foreign affairs, national defence, finance, public secu-
rity and information. UNTAC will, as determined in
consultation with SNC, exercise a lesser degree of scru-
tiny over other administrative structures that could in-
fluence the outcome of the elections. The component
will also comprise an office for training and an office
for complaints and investigation.
The human rights and civil administration compo-
nents will consist of specialists, assisted by international
support staff. They will operate at the central level.
from offices to be established at the 21 provincial and
municipal centres and, particularly as regards dissemi-
nation of information and civic education, from offices
at all of the estimated 200 districts in the country.
50 6
Electoral component. The Agreement entrusts UNTA
with the organization and conduct of free and fairgeneral elections in Cambodia. UNTAC is to cgahlish.
in consultation with SNC, a legal framework includ-
ing an electoral law and regulations to govern the elec-
toral process and an electoral code of conduct. Other
aspects include civic education and training, registra-
tion of voters and political parties, and the polling pro-
cess itself. The Special Representative will be assisted
in these responsibilities by a chief electoral officer. An
Electoral Advisory Committee will be appointed by the
Special Representative to ensure the prevention and
control of election irregularities. International staff in-
clude: electoral personnel at headquarters; personnel
at the 21 provincial offices, responsible for electoral
operations. information, training, communications.
compliance and complaints, and coordination; and dis-
trict electoral supervisors at approximately 200 district
offices. Their number will be augmented by approxi-
mately 1,000 international personnel seconded from
Governments during the polling process.
Military component. The military component. heade
by a Force Commander, is charged with the following
main functions: verification of the withdrawal from
Cambodia and non-return of all categories of foreign
forces and their arms and equipment; supervision of the
cease-fire and related measures, including regroupment,
cantonment. disarming and demobilization of forces of
the Cambodian parties; weapons control, including
monitoring the cessation of outside military assistance,
locating and confiscating caches of weapons and mili-
tary supplies throughout Cambodia, storing of the arms
and equipment of the cantoned and the demobilized
military forces; assisting with mine:clearance, includ-
ing training programmes and mine awarenessprogrammes. In addition, the military component is
charged with undertaking investigations, on complaint
from one of the parties or on its own, of alleged non-
compliance with any of the provisions relating to mili-
tary arrangements, and to provide assistance in relation
to the release of prisoners of war and in the repatria-
tion of Cambodian refugees and displaced persons.
At maximum strength during the peak of its activity
the military component of UNTAC will comprisc abou
15.900 all ranks, including force headquarters and sector
headquarters staff: military observer group: infantry;
engineer element; air support group; signals unit; med-
ical unit; military police; logistic battalion: and naval
element.
Police component. UNTAC civilian police monitors will
supervise or control the local civil police in order to
ensure that law and order are maintained effectively
and impartially, and that human rights and fundamen-
tal freedoms are fully protected. The structure of the
UNTAC civilian police component will include a policy
and manaeement unit at headquarters. 21 units at the
provincial level and 200 district-level units. There will
be a total of about 3.600 UNTAC civilian policemonitors.
Repatriation component. The repatriation and resettle-
ment of Cambodian refugees and displaced persons is
to be an inter-agency effort with the Office of the United
Nations High Commissioner for Refugees designated
as the lead agency. The effort will include the move-
ment of returnees, the provision of immediate assistance
and food, and a reintegration programme. The compo-
nent will be headed by a Director for repatriation, ap-
pointed by the Secretary-General and reporting to the
Special Representative as well as to the High Commis-
sioner.
Rehabilitation component. The rehabilitation effort will
be headed by a Coordinator appointed by the Secretary-
General and reporting to the Special Representative.
He will ensure efficient and effective coordination,
make ongoing assessments of needs, and ensure that
they arc being met without duplication or overlap. Par-
ticular attention will be given to food security, health.
housing. training, education, the transport network and
the restoration of Cambodia's basic infrastructure and
public utilities. In addition. the Coordinator will have
responsibilities related to raising resources through
donor contributions.
COMPOSITION
In early April 1992, the Secretary-General informed
the Security Council that he proposed to have military
personnel of UNTAC provided by Algeria. Argentina.
Australia, Austria. Bangladesh, Bulgaria, CameroOn.
Canada, Chile, China, France. Ghana, India, Indone-
sia. Ireland, Italy, Malaysia, Netherlands. New
Zealand, Pakistan, Philippines. Poland. Russian Fed-
eration, Senegal. Thailand, Tunisia, United Kingdom
of Great Britain and Northern Ireland, and Uruguay.
He added that he was awaiting a reply to his request
for military personnel from certain other States.
FINANCIAL ASPECTS
The preliminary indicative costs to the United Nations
of UNTAC are estimated at approximately $1,900 mil-
lion for a period of 15 months. In addition, repatria-
tion and resettlement will be funded from voluntarycontributions as will almost all the activities undertaken
in the rehabilitation phase.
Lesson 7
Challenges to Peacebuilding in Cambodia
"Achieving peace is an on-going battle"
Former U.N.Secretary-GeneralJavier Perez de Cuellar, 1981-1991
ObjectivesStudents will be able to:
* experience different perspectives by roleplaying different "key players" inaddressing challenges to the Cambodian Peace Agreements.* exercise and critique negotiation skills and conflict resolution skills byparticipating in a roundtable discussion.* understand the importance of the international community's committment inmaintaining peace.* design a message of "waging peace" for personal, local, national, internationalcommunities.
Materials* Handout 7A, Challenges to Peace In Cambodia* Handout 78, Profiles of the Members of the Roundtable* Handout 6A, A Reading on the United Nations "Agreements on theComprehensive Political Settlement of the Cambodia Conflict"* Handout 6B, UNTAC* Handout 4D* News articles on Cambodia Peace Accords from the Fall of 1992 to the present
VocabularyParis Conference on Cambodia(PCC)Supreme National Council of Cambodia(SNC)United Nations Security CouncilSecretary General of the United NationsCambodia AgreementsAssociation of South East Asian Nations (ASEAN)
Time Six 15 minute periods
Background informationIn May, 1993, the Cambodian people, in an internationally supervised election,elected delegates to the new National Assembly, which had the responsibility ofwriting a constitution to establish a government for Cambodia. Of the four groupsrepresented in the National Council for Cambodia (see
52
6 3
Handout 7B), the party supporting Prince Sihanouk, the royalist opposition party, won58 of 120 seats in the national assembly. The party supporting the Vietnameseinstalled government received 51 seats.
The Khmer Rouge, although signing the 1991 Peace Agreement, boycotted theelection because they feared the government would use intimidation to win.
It may be very helpful for students to review information on Handouts 4D, 6A and 6Bbefore doing this lesson.
Introduction15 minutesExplain to students that they are to be part of a roundtable conference on Cambodia.This conference is to take place in the Summer of 1993, immediatly following theelections.
Their task, while roleplaying members of the international community that negotiatedthe U.N. Cambodian Peace Agreement, is to address one or two challenges (Handout7A) to Cambodia's efforts to establish a government which can build and maintainpeace.
Tell the students that fourteen participants, countries as well as the National Council ofCambodia, will be represented at the conference and that one student will representone of these. Other students will act as aides and advisors to a particularrepresentative.
Have students read and choose one of the challenges to peace listed on Handout 7A,reported in the press before and after the May, 1993 election. Students can beencouraged to develop other challenges based on developments not covered inHandout 7A.
Learning Sequence
30 minutes1. Distribute Handout 7B. Divide students into fourteen groups and have each groupchoose ("pick out of the hat") one of the profiles listed on Handout 7B. This is eachgroup's designated profile that they will role-play during a roundtable conference onthe chosen challenge.
2. Have each group:
" work together on addressing one of the challenges on Handout 7A from theperspective of their profile
53
6,1
* select a spokesperson to role play their profile in a roundtable discussion on the
challenge* use Handouts 4D, 6A and 68 as resources for preparing their responses
30 minutes3. Put the Co-Chairs and roundtable participants (roleplaying their profiles)in an innercircle, the rest of the class as observers in an outer circle.
The roundtable is to discuss the challenge and suggest possible responses. Theseresponses could be based on specific parts of the 1991 "Agreements on theComprehensive Political Settlement of the Cambodia Conflict".
The responses also could take the form of suggestions for future U.N. Peace Plans,
recognizing limitations of the 1991 Agreement. If appropriate, voting on suggestionsmight be possible. Or a sub-group could agree to work on a negotiated resolution to
bring back to the roundtable.
If there seems to be no agreement, have group discuss the difficulities of coming to acompromise. The group may want to establish time limitations.
4. Students in outer circle should record evidence of negotiating skills, evidence ofadversarial exchanges, and possible resolution suggestions. After discussion, outercircle share observations with roundtable.
5. Together discuss accuracy of the role playing, the challenges of negotiating, andidentify possible solutions. (You can continue the process with different students role-playing, covering other or all challenges.)
15 minutes6. Discussion:
* What do these challenges to peace suggest about the frailty of the peace plan?
* If you had a chance, what suggestions would you give members of the newlyelected national assembly ?
* This Cambodian peace process reveals that it is difficult and expensive to "wage"peace. Is it worth it? To what extent is it dependent on the individual's commitmentto peacekeeping and peacebuilding? To what extent is it dependent on thecommitment of national groups,and the international community?
* Are individuals you know committed to "waging" peace? Is your neighborhoodand community committed? Is our nation? Our world? Is it worth it for you?
* Have the students compare their results with what actually has happened in
54
6J
Cambodia since the election. Ask the students to evaluate the progress made inCambodia and to try and determine how Cambodia might be different if studentroundtable ideas had been in place after the election.
Closure
Explore with students what happens when diverse groups are working together tosolve a problem and one of those groups continually rejects ideas out of apparent self-interest. What happens to the process? What happens to communication between thegroups?
Explore with students similar situations in their own ccmmunity. How do diversegroups in your community resolve conflicts? Are groups able to get beyond their ownself-interest?
Create some audio/visual expression that reflects the time, energy and money neededto "give peace a chance". Target it for your school or community. Contact appropriatepeople to display your efforts.
Extension of Lesson* Have students participate in a Model Security Council meeting on some of thechallenges. For information on "how to" do this contact: UNA-USA. (See reource listbelow)
* Have students participate in a Model U.N. For information on "how to" do this contact:UNA-USA. (SeeUNA-USA resource list below)
* Have students read Agenda for Peace (in Appendix) and report to class on theUnited Nations collaborative work with international organizations and regionalpolitical groups in addressing the root causes challenging the peace initiative.
* Invite speakers from your local UNA to come and discuss the U.N. peacebuildingplan.
Resources* UNA-USA, Model U.N. and Youth Programs, Jim Muldoon, 485 5th Ave, New York,New York, 10017-6104, 212-697-3232.
* When the War Was'Over, A History of the Khmer Rouge and Modern Cambodia,Elizabeth Becker."Report from Cambodia" , Stan Sesser, The New Yorker% May 18, 1992.
Understanding the United Nations, a teaching module for grades 7-12. UNA-MN,1929 S. 5th St, Minneapolis, MN., 612-333-2824.
55
t) 0
Handout 7A
Challenges to Peace in Cambodia
Background notes: Throughout the pre-election period, all Cambodian parties ofthe SNC challenged the U.N. Peace Plan in a variety of ways. These challengesrevealed powerful self interests. This challenge uses one of the parties, the KhmerRouge as an example of this self interest.
Information on Challenge #1: The Khmer Rouge frequently appeared to be aroadblock to peace. They were second only to the Hun Sen government in terms ofmilitary strength. They had the best trained and most experienced army as well asbeing well equiped. By November, 1992, the other three parties of SNC haddemobilized nearly all of their troops. Reports had been made that the Khmer Rougecontinued to set aside weapons and ammunition in the Cardomom Mountains inwestern Cambodia for later use. Its forces had been accused of shelling a U.N.
position in Siem Reap province.
Previous to the May,1993 election, the Khmer Rouge continued to build roads andacquire territory in the gem-rich northern province of Preah Vihear, and pushed intothe gold-mining region of Kompong Thom and the forests of Kompong Cham. KhmerRouge traded in gems and timber with Thailand continues to flourish.
Although U.N. personnell were successful in returning most refugees to theirCambodian homes, in October of 1991, the Khmer Rouge military leaders at refugeecamp #8 along the Thai border announced that they would repatriate Cambodianrefugees from the camp into Khmer Rouge occupied provinces. In response to some of
the above actions, the U.N. Security Council banned export of petroleum andpetroleum products to areas held by the Khmer Rouge in an attempt to force them tocooperate in the peace process.
Khmer Rouge forces also seized U.N. peacekeepers and later released them on fourdifferent occasions in one month. During the elections the Khmer Rouge threatened aviolent disruption of the election process. This never happened, but the Khmer Rougeremain outside the process and threaten to disrupt the workings of the newgovernment. Their control of mineral rich resource areas also threatens the ability ofthe new government to help Cambodia achieve economic stability.
Challenge #1- How would you, as a member of the internationalroundtable, address the on-going challenge of the Khmer Rouge? Towhat extent should the Internationbal community be involved in assistingCambodia with this challenge?"Note to each representative-Formulate a clear response to each challenge with goals and specificoutcomes. This should form the basis of any compromise that you may want to make through thenegotiations.
56
6i
Handout 7A
Challenges to Peace in Cambodia
Information on Challenge #2: Establishing political unity following the electionremained a major challenge for Cambodia. After the election, Cambodia's shaky unitywas challenged by groups who failed to win majority support during the election.
Prince Norodom Chakrapong, son of Prince Sihanouk and a deputy Prime Minister ofthe Vietnamese installed Government which lost the election, announced that his partywould not accept the results of the election. He announced that he and other"renegade" elements of the current government would seize seven eastern provincesand create an autonomous state there.
His half brother, Prince Norodom Ranariddh, the leader of the party which won theelection said that he would order his troops to take up arms to stop his half brother andkeep Cambodia unified. Eventually these forces removed the threat. Howvever,theseactions, and others like them, presented a major obstacle to a unified Cambodia andto the development of a new constitution which would be fair to all parties inCambodia.
Challenge #2 As a member of the international roundtable, whatsuggestions and assurances can you offer to preserve a unifiedCambodia. Only with this assurance can the National Assembly constructa new constitution which reflect the needs of the country and itsconstituents and what should appear in that constitution which wouldhelp to guarantee a unified Cambodia.
To what extent should the international community be involved inassisting Cambodia with this challenge?
**Note to each representative-Formulate a clear response to each challenge withgoals and specific outcomes. This should form the basis of any compromise that youmay want to make through the negotiations.
57
Handout 7B
Profiles of Members of the Roundatable
Roundtable Profiles:
1. Indonesia (Roundtable Co-Chair): co-president with France of the ParisConference on Cambodia (PCC). That conference consisted of 18 nations and wasinstrumental in developing draft of the1991 U.N. Peacil Agreements for Cambodia.
2 France (Roundtable Co-Chair): See description for Indonesia.
3. Supreme National ConcH of Cambodia (SNC) (each of the following will sendone representative to the conference): (Also see Handout 4D )
Sihanouk, Prince Norodom: King of Cambodia, 1941-1955. Abdicated in 1955 andruled as Prince and Head of State until deposed by Lon Nol in 1970. head ofgovernment in exile from 1970-1975. Returned to Phnom Penh as nominal Head of.State under the Khmer Rouge in 1975.
Forced into retirement in 1976. From 1982-1991, President of the exiled"Democratic Kampuchea" (the exiled government seated at the U.N.), in coalitionwith the Khmer Rouge and Son Sann. Maintained up to 3,000 troops along Thaiborder. In 1991, agreed to be a partner in the SNC and signed the U.N. PeaceAgreement. Chosen by the SNC to be President of the SNC during transitionperiod of U.N. peacebuilding efforts. Continues to be extremely popular with theCambodian people.
Poi Pot: A Cambodian Marxist who fled Phnom Penh in 1963. Leader of the KhmerRouge. Secretary General of the Communist Party of Kampuchea, 1963-1978.Prime Minister of "Democratic Kampuchea", 1976-78. Responsible for theCambodian "holocaust", the re-education camps and forced labor camps from1975-1979. Commander-in-chief of a 30,000 Khmer Rouge army.
Led the Cambodian faction supported by China. Member of the 1982 Coalition inexile that represented Kampuchea in U.N. In 1991) agreed to have the KhmerRouge be a partner in the SNC and signed the U.N. Peace Agreement. Remains aquestionable part of the peacebuilding efforts.
Hun Sen : President of the Vietnamese -backed regime in Phnom Penh, thePeople's Republic of Kampuchea from 1985 -1992. Renounced Communism in1989 when Vietnam troops left Cambodia. In 1991, agreed to be a partner in theSNC and signed the U.N. Peace Agreement.
58
Son Sann: Former Prime Minister of Cambodia, under Sihanouk. President of the"Khmer People's National Liberation Front (KPNLF). Led the Cambodian factionsupported by the United States. in 1982 became Prime Minister of "DemocraticKampuchea" (the exiled government seated at the U.N.), in coalition with theKhmer Rouge and Sihanouk. Maintained an army of 10,000 on the Thai border. In1991, agreed to be a partner in the SNC and signed the U.N. Peace Agreement.
4. United Nations Transitional Authority in Cambodia (UNTAC): (See Handout 6B)The U.N. 18 month transitional authority (commencing March, 1992), responsible forinsuring the implementation of the 1991 U.N. Peace Agreement in Cambodia. UNTAChas authority in the areas of human rights, civil administration elections, militarydemobilization, civilian police, repatriation and rehabilitation.When a constituentassembly is elected, this assembly will approve a new Cambodian Constitution andtransform itself into a legislative assembly, creating a new Cambodian government.(One Roundtable Representative)
5. Five Permanent members of the Security Council (Also see Handout 58 )Responsible for the initial a framework and worked with PCC and SNC members onthe drafting of the final document. Collective support , cooperation, and effort of TheFive was essentiai in the signing of the final agreement. (Each country will sendOne representative)
Russia (formerly USSR): From 1979- 1989, supported the Viet Nam-backedgovernment in Phnom Penh under the leadership of Heng Samrin. Continued tosupport Phnom Penh government economically and militarily through the 80's.
China (People's Republic): Continued military help to Pol Pot and the KhmerRouge from 1979 on. Uncertainty on present role since the Khmer Rouge becamepartners in SNC. Along with 17 other nations, signed the1991U.N. PeaceAgreement, as part of the Paris Conference on Cambodia. And later , as apermanent member of the U.N. Security Council adopted the agrreement.
United States of America: Involved in Southeast Asia from the early 1950's through1975 with increasing military involvement in an attempt to keep Vietnam from totalCommunist rule. In 1970 bombed and invaded neutral Cambodia, fearing hiddenKhmer Rouge support of ''base camps" for Viet Cong and North Vietnamesecommunist guerrellas that were threatening the south.
Signed the 1973 Peace Accords. During the 1980's supported the "Khmer People'sNational Liberation Front (KPNLF) under the leadership of Son Sann. Along with17 other nations, signed the 1991 U.N. Peace Agreement, as part of the ParisConference on Cambodia. And later , as a permanent member of the U.N. SecurityCouncil adopted the agrreement. (See Handout 4E for details of Vietnam War)
France: One of the colonizing powers of Indochina (today's Southeast Asia).59
Defeated by Ho Chi Minh and his followers , Viet Minh, in 1954. Leader in creatingthe Paris Peace Conference (1989-1991) which resulted in the 1991 PeaceAgreement for Cambodia. Along with 17 other nations, signed the 1991 U.N.Peace Agreement, as part of the Paris Conference on Cambodia. And later, , as apermanent member of the U.N. Security Council adopted the agrreement.
United Kingdom: Colonizing power of parts of South East Asia until 1945. Ally ofthe United States during the Cold War. Supported the Cambodian Coalition seat in
the U.N. in 1982.
6. Secretary-General of the United Nations: (See Handout 6B)Responsible for the implementation of the Peace Agreements.(One Roundtable Representative-That role should be filled by theSecretary General)
7. Asssociation of South East Asian Nations (ASEAN) (Only one representativefrom this organization should attend the conference):These nations were vital partners in hosting numerous meetings of the varied groupsthat had "stakes" in the negotiations between 1979-1991. Among the them:
Thailand: Border country of Cambodia. Neutral player during the Vietnam War.However, United States used bases there to fly secret bombing missions intoCambodia in early 1970's. Many Cambodian refugees fled to the Thai borderduring the Khmer Rouge rule and later Vietnamese backed government rule.
Some times violent clashes between the Thai border patrols, the refugee campresidents, and the armies of the varied Cambodian factions in exile. Along with 17other nations, signed the 1991 U.N. Peace Agreement, as part of the ParisConference on Cambodia.
Indonesia: Host site of several meetings. The Jarkarta Agreement reached here in1988 and 1989 in which the Cambodian factions agree to meet together and allowan international control mechanism play a role in the final peace agreement.
**Note to teachers: Your roundtable will have 14 members. Other students can sitaround the perimeter of the roundtable and could serve as resources and aids to themembers of the roundtable. Those representing France and Indonesdia should act asCo-Chairs of the conference. They should make sure that the members stay on taskand help move the discussion toward compromise and concensus.
If you would like fewer members in the roundtable, you can combine the members ofthe security council and have one representative for that body. You could also countIndonesia and France as one representative or play one of the Co-Chair rolesyourself.
60
Lesson 8
Designing A Peace PlanAbroad and at Home
"Peacemaking is selflessness taking root.To make peace , the skills of teamwork and cooperation are essential.
There Is little we can do for peace as long as we feel we are the only oneswho know the way. We must decide that making peace
is more important than making war.Venerable Maha Ghosananda
ObjectivesStudents will be able to:
* work together in creating a documentary of a "world hot spot".* apply the U.N. peacebuilding model.* role play a model security council meeting on suggested peace plans for "hotspot".* work with "third parties" in the community in resoloving issues of local concern.
Materials:* Excellent resources that can be ordered through UNA-USA
* Issues,* Model UN Materials
See Resource list at end of lesson
Time On-going student directed activity
Introduction
Review with students what thay have learned about the peace process while studyingthe Cambodia Peace Agreements. Explain that they will be applying thisunderstanding in doing the following activities.
Learning Sequence
Step 1You are an investigative reporting team from (country, organizationetc) who will design and implement a documentary, or report on one of the following"hot spots" :
1. Israel and Palestine2. Latin America3. Iraq4. Croatia/Serbia/Bosnia5. Haiti6. Republics of the former USSR
61
A
Your documentary must include the following:* Brief history of conflict; example of recent tension* Identity of the kmajor players" both within area of conflict and other "interested"parties* Identity of 2-3 points of contention; and the desires and wishes of the adversaries* Explanation of the role of the U.N. and kinds of U.N. "peace action" taken thus far* Suggestions for possible solutions that would peace-build (similar to CambodiaPlan)* Possible design of a Peace Plan for
It would be best if your documentary was a group effort. It can take any form youchoose. As a group, determine reponsibilities, timelines and presentation.
Step 2As a UN Peacebuilding specialist from you read/hear of thedocumentary on "hot spot", . You develop a resolution based on thedocumentary to be debated in the UN Security Council.
Step 3 (optional)Model Security Council Meeting (see resource list)
Step 4 (optional)Identify a "hot spot" controversy in your school or community. Approach the HumphreyForum (or a similar youth outreach center in your community), as a third party, andwork with them in developing a Peace Action Plan.
Resources* UNA-USA, Model U.N. and Youth Programs, Jim Muldoon, 485 5th Av, New, New
York, 10017-6104, 212-697-3232.Humphrey Forum, Steve Sandell, 301 19th Av S., Minneapolis, MN, 55455, 612-624-
5799.* Understanding the United Nations, a teaching module for grades 7-12. UNA-MN,1929 S. 5th St, Minneapolis, MN., 612-333-2824.* Conflict and Change Center: Provides conflict analysis and maangement ofactual dispute situatiions. For more information, contact: Conflict and Change Center,University of Minnesota, 248 Humphrey Center, 310 19th Ave S., Minneapolis, MN,55455, 612-625-0362.* Project Create: A materials and/or training available that encourages affirmation,tolerance, and empowerment for teachers, students, and community. Contact: ProjectCreate, Ann Griggs or Charles Numrich, 1126 Gibbs Ave., St Paul, MN, 55108, 612-879-4524.
62
so
SECTION H
ROLE MODELSFOR PEACE BUILDING
Role Models for Peacebuilding
Research the following recognized peacemakers and identify qualities that set themapart. Then work together in identifying individuals or groups in your school orcommunity who have similar qualities. Design a Peace Award to be presented.Choose to honor one or several with a ischool) Peace Prize and arrange for a publicacknowledgement and presentation. (This could be a peace parade)
Rigoberta Menchu- Nobel Peace Pr1ze1992
UN Blue Helmets-Nobel Peace Prize 1988
UNICEF-Nobel Peace Prize 1965
Chief Joseph-leader of the Wallowa Valley band of the Nez Perce Indian tribe
Mother Jones-Labor leader, crusader for rights of working class in coal mines.
Ela Bhatt-Founder of the SAelf Employed Women';s Association in Ahmedabad, India;
received the Roman Magsaysay Foundation Award (1977), the Asian equivalent of the
European Nobel Peace Prize.
Cesar Chevez/Dolores Huerta-Organizers of the United Farm Workers of America
Chief Sarah Winnemucca-Piaute peacemaker, author and leader of her people.
Ch'iu Chin-poet, women's rights activist in China.
Holly Near-singer, performing artist, peace activist.
Saddako-young Japanese girl whose struggle to create 1000 Cranes(symbols ofpeace) before dying of lukemia, following the bombing of Hiroshima, inspired theinternational 1000 Crane Club movement.
Other possibilities:
Ida B WellsRed CloudMartin Luther King, JrMalcolm XEleanor RooseveltFrederick DouglasMohatma GandhiRosa ParkDesmond Tutu
64
SECTION III
CLASSROOM STRATEGIESFOR PEACE ACTION PLANS
65
0
Resources for Classroom Strategies onPeacebuilding/Conflict Resolution
1. Conflict and Change Center: Provides conflict analysis and maangement ofactual dispute situatiions. For more information, contact: Conflict and Change Center,University of Minnesota, 248 Humphrey Center, 310 19th Ave S., Minneapolis, MN,
55455, 612-625-0362.
2. Project Create: A materials and/or training available that encourages affirmation,tolerance, and empowerment for teachers, students, and community. Contact: ProjectCreate, Ann Griggs or Charles Numrich, 1126 Gibbs Ave., St Paul, MN, 55108, 612-
879-4524.
3. Model U.N.: An excellent way to experience "another way of looking" and tofurther explore the role of a third party in conflict resolution. UNA-USA, Model U.N. andYouth Programs, Jim Mulduon, 485 5th Av, New, New York, 10017-6104, 212-697-
3232.
4. Understanding the United Nations: (1992 Edition) A curriculum module withinformation on the U.N., and its agencies, with a lesson on "Model UNing". Availablethrough UNA-MN, 1929 S. 5th St, Minneapolis, MN, 45455, 612-333-2824.
5. Facing History and Ourselves.: Grades 8-12 unit using history of 20th Centurygenocide to teach the meaning of dignity, morality, law, behavior and peace. Availablethrough Facing History and Ourselves National Foundation. INC.,25 Kennard Rd.,Brookline, MA, 02146, 617-232-1595.
6.The following titles are available through ESR (Educators for Social Responsibility),23 Garden Street, Cambridge, MA, 02138, 617-492-1764.
Dealing With Differences: Conflict Resolution in Our Schools: a comprehensiveprogram that includes classroom management, skill enhancement and curriculuminfusion.
A Fistfull of Words (Student Version)-peer mediators and role playing studentcomments.
7. A Manuel On Nonviolence and Children: A resource guide about nonviolence andchildren with an excellent selection of cooperative simulations for both children andyoung adults. Available through Stephenie Judson, New Society Publishers, 4722Battimore Av, Philadelphia, PA, 19143.
66
8. Educating for Global Responsibity: Teacher Designed Curricula for PeaceEducation: (Betty Reardon) Instructional materials for students in all grades;classroom tested. Available throughTeachers College Press, 1234 Amsterdam Av,New York, NY, 10027.
9. Creative Conflict Resolution: More than 200 Activities for Keeping Peace in theClassroom: (William Kreidler) Resource book of several hundred learning experiencesbased on twenty conflict resolution techniques. Available through Goodyear Books,Department GYB, 1900 East Lake Av, Glenview, IL, 60025
10. To obtain information on the nationally recognized peer mediation program forschools contact the Cooperative Learning Center, University of Minnesota, 202 PatteeHall, 150 Pillsbury Drive SE, Minneapolis, MN, 55455-2098.
11. How to Work for Peace, (David W. Felder) With its blend of theoritical and practicalknowledge, this book is an "original source of information on peace studies, conflictresolution, and citizen diplomacy and of concrete advice on how individuals mightwork for peace". University Presses of Florida, 15 NW 15th St, Gainesville, Florida,32611, 904-392-1351.
12. Mediation Games, (David Felder) This program has series of games that allowplayers to act out parts of participants on peace talks that cover personal conflicts,institutional settings, environmental conflicts, courtrroom mediations, world conflictsetc. Contact: Felder Books and Games, 9601-30 Micccosukee Rd., Tallahassee, FL,32308.
67
SECTION IV
SELECTED RESOURCES
68
SELECTED RESOURCES
United Nations
Basic Facts About the United Nations- A resource book that describes insummary form the basic workings of the United Nations; Contact: United NationsPublications, Sales Section, Room DC2-853, Dept 701, New York, NY 10017, 212-963-8302
Come to the United Nations, It's Your World (Poster)- The UN SecretariatBuilding in full color with flags of various members; Contact: United NationsPublications, Sales Section, Room DC2-853, Dept 701, New York, NY 10017, 212-963-8302 (North America, Latin America, Asia and the Pacific); United NationsPublications, Sales Section, Palais des Nations, 1211 Geneva 10, Switzerland, (22)7-34-60-11 Ext Bookshop (Europe, Africa,Middle East).
Essays on Education: A Vision for Educators, Robert Muller, Former UnitedNations Assistent Secretary General, Chancellor of the University for Peace. JoanneDufour, 3406 SW Manning St, Seattle, WA 98126.
issues Before the General Assembly of the United Nations- An annualpublication giving up-to-date information on issues addressed by the UN GeneralAssembly; Contact: United Nations Association of the USA (UNA/USA), 485Fifth Ave New York, NY, 10017, 212-697-3232.
Understanding the United Nations- 1992 Revised Edition. A teaching module forgrades 7-12 that introduces students to the importance of the UN through 10 lessonplans that teachers can readily integrate into existing courses. Contact: UnitedNations Association of Minnesota, Mary Eileen Sorenson, 1929 S. 5th St.Minneapolis, MN, 55454, 612-333-2824.
UNESCO- Free magazine, UNESCO Sources, contains short articles on education,science and culture. Contact: UNESCO, 7, Place de Fontenoy, 75700 Paris, France.
UNESCO Associated School Projects-Connects students and schools aroundthe world who wish to share with each other. UNESCO, Associated School Project,Palace of Nations, 1211 Geneva, 10, Switzerland.
UNESCO Films (catalogue)- UNESCO Liaison Office, 2 United Nations Plaza, Suite900, New York, NY 10017.
UN Film and Video Catalogue- UN Radio and Vitkial Service, Department ofPublic Information, Rm S-845, United Nations, New York, NY, 10017212-963-6939.
UNICEF Classroom Materials, Films, Videos- 333 East 38th St, New York, NY10016, 212-686-5522.
69
LU
UNIPUB- Distributes publications from FAO, GATT, IAEA, ILO, IMO, UN, UNESCO,UNITAR, UNU, WIPO and other international sources. Free catalogue. Contact:UNIPUB, 10033-F King Highway, Lanham, MD, 20706-4391, MD: 301-419-7666; US:
800-233-0506.
United Nations Documents. Contact: United Nations Sales Section, Room DC2-853, Dept 701, New York, NY, 10017, 212-963-8302.
United Nations Association of the USA (UNA/USA), 485 Fifth Ave New York,
NY, 10017, 212-697-3232.
United Nations Bookshop, Room GA-32, New York, NY, 10017, 212-963-7680;800-553-3210
The United Nations in the Classsroom- An information packet onrecommended educational materials for elementary and secondary educators andreference material for high school libraries. Contact: United Nations Association ofthe USA (UNA-USA), 485 Fifth AveNew York, NY, 10017, 212-697-3232.
United Nations Sales Section (Free catalogue of UN publications)- Room DC2-853, Dept 701, New York, NY, 10017, 212-963-8302.
Conflict Resolution
Carpenter, Susan. A Reportiore of Peacemaking Skills, Consortium on PeaceResearch, Education and Development, 1977.
Fisher, Roger, and William Ury. Getting to Yes: Negotiating Agreements Without GivingIn. Boston: Houghton Mifflin, 1981.
Johnson, David W., and Roger T. Johnson. Learning Together and Alone:Cooperation, Competition and Individualization. Englewood Cliffs, N.J.: Prentiss Hall,
1975.
Laurent, Jeffrey. The Common Defense: Peace and Security in a Chancing World,The Global Policy Project, United Nations Association-USA, 485 Fifth Avenue, NewYork, NY, 10017-6104, 212-697-3232.
UNA-USA, Partners for Peace: Strengthening Collective SecttLae21st Centu ,
A Report of the Global Policy Project, United Nations Association-USA, 485 FifthAvenue, New York, NY, 10017-6104, 212-697-3232.
70
APPENDIX
AGENDA FOR PEACE
I
b i
Bou
tros
Bou
tros
-Gha
li
An
Age
nda.
for
Peac
ePr
even
tive
Dip
lom
acy,
Peac
emak
ing
and
Peac
e-ke
epin
g
Rep
ort
of th
e Se
crf;
tary
-Gen
eral
purs
uant
to th
e st
atem
ent a
dopt
edby
the
Sum
mit
Mee
ting
of th
eSe
curi
ty C
ounc
il on
31 J
anua
ry 1
992
Uni
ted
Nat
ions
New
Yor
k,19
92
el
Offi
ce o
f Con
fere
nce
Ser
vice
s
Dep
artm
ent o
f Adm
inis
trat
ion
and
Man
agem
ent
Dep
artm
ent o
f Pub
lic In
form
atio
n
S
CO
NT
EN
TS
Intr
oduc
tion
I.T
he c
hang
ing
cont
ext
5
II.
Def
initi
ons
II
Prev
entiv
e di
plom
acy
I 3
IV.
Peac
emak
ing
20
V.
Peac
e-ke
epin
g28
Post
-con
flic
t pea
ce-b
uild
ing
32
VII
. Coo
pera
tion
with
reg
iona
lar
rang
emen
tsan
d or
gani
zatio
ns35
VII
I.Sa
fety
of
pers
onne
l39
IXFi
nanc
ing
4 I
X. A
n ag
enda
for
pea
ce45
v
b ti
b
Intr
oduc
tion
'TN
IT
S ST
AT
EM
EN
T o
f 31
Jan
uary
199
2, a
dopt
edla
t the
con
clus
ion
of th
e fi
rst m
eetin
g he
ld b
y th
eSe
curi
ty C
ounc
il at
the
leve
l of
1lea
ds o
f St
ate
and
Gov
ernm
ent,
I w
as in
vite
d to
pre
pare
, for
cir
cula
-tio
n to
the
Mem
bers
of
the
Uni
ted
Nat
ions
by
1 Ju
ly19
92, a
n "a
naly
sis
and
reco
mm
enda
tions
on
way
sof
str
engt
heni
ng a
nd m
akin
g m
ore
effi
cien
t with
inth
e fr
amew
ork
and
prov
isio
ns o
f th
e C
hart
er th
e ca
-pa
city
of
the
Uni
ted
Nat
ions
for
pre
vent
ive
dipl
o-m
acy,
for
pea
cem
akin
g an
d fo
r pe
ace-
keep
ing.
"T
he U
nite
d N
atio
ns is
a g
athe
ring
of
sove
reig
n2
Stat
es a
nd w
hat i
t can
do
depe
nds
on th
c co
mm
ongr
ound
that
they
cre
ate
betw
een
them
. Thc
adv
er-
sari
al d
ecad
es o
f th
e co
ld w
ar m
ade
the
orig
inal
prom
ise
of th
e O
rgan
izat
ion
impo
ssib
le to
ful
fil.
The
Jan
uary
199
2 Su
mm
it th
eref
ore
repr
esen
ted
anun
prec
eden
ted
reco
mm
itmen
t, at
the
high
est p
oliti
-ca
l lev
el, t
o th
e Pu
rpos
es a
nd P
rinc
iple
s of
the
Cha
rter
.In
thes
e pa
st m
onth
s a
conv
ictio
n ha
s gr
own,
3
amon
g na
tions
larg
e an
d sm
all,
that
an
oppo
rtun
ityha
s be
en r
egai
ned
to a
chie
ve th
e gr
eat o
bjec
tives
of
the
Cha
rter
a U
nite
d N
atio
ns c
apab
le o
f m
aint
ain-
ing
inte
rnat
iona
l pea
ce a
nd s
ecur
ity, o
f se
curi
ngju
stic
e an
d hu
man
rig
hts
and
of p
rom
otin
g, in
the
wor
ds o
f th
e C
hart
er, "
soci
al p
rogr
ess
a»d
bette
r
2A
n ag
enda
for
pea
ce
stan
dard
s of
life
in la
rger
fre
edom
". T
his
oppo
rtu-
nity
mus
t not
be
squa
nder
ed. T
he O
rgan
izat
ion
mus
t nev
er a
gain
be
crip
pled
as
it w
as in
the
era
that
has
now
pas
sed.
I w
elco
me
the
invi
tatio
n of
the
Secu
rity
Cou
n-ci
l, ea
rly
in m
y te
nure
as
Secr
etar
y-G
ener
al, t
o pr
e-pa
re th
is r
epor
t. It
dra
ws
upon
idea
s an
d pr
opos
als
tran
smitt
ed to
me
by G
over
nmen
ts, r
egio
nal a
gen-
cies
, non
-gov
ernm
enta
l org
aniz
atio
ns, a
nd in
stitu
-tio
ns a
nd in
divi
dual
s fr
om m
any
coun
trie
s. I
am
grat
eful
for
thes
e, e
ven
as I
em
phas
ize
that
the
re-
spon
sibi
lity
for
this
rep
ort i
s m
y ow
n.T
he s
ourc
es o
f co
nflic
t and
war
are
per
vasi
vean
d de
ep. T
o re
ach
them
will
req
uire
our
utm
ost e
f-fo
rt to
enh
ance
res
pect
for
hum
an r
ight
s an
d fu
nda-
men
tal f
reed
oms,
to p
rom
ote
sust
aina
ble
econ
omic
and
soci
al d
evel
opm
ent f
or w
ider
pro
sper
ity, t
oal
-
levi
ate
dist
ress
and
to c
urta
il th
e ex
iste
nce
and
use
of m
assi
vely
des
truc
tive
wea
pons
. The
Uni
ted
Na-
tions
Con
fere
nce
on E
nvir
onm
ent a
nd D
evel
op-
men
t, th
e la
rges
t sum
mit
ever
hel
d, h
asju
st m
et a
tR
io d
e Ja
neir
o. N
ext y
ear
will
see
the
seco
nd W
orld
Con
fere
nce
on H
uman
Rig
hts.
In
1994
Pop
ulat
ion
and
Dev
elop
men
t will
be
addr
esse
d. I
n 19
95 th
eW
orld
Con
fere
nce
on W
omen
will
take
pla
ce, a
nd a
Wor
ld S
umm
it fo
r So
cial
Dev
elop
men
t has
bee
npr
opos
ed. T
hrou
ghou
t my
term
as
Secr
etar
y-G
en-
eral
I sh
all b
e ad
dres
sing
all
thes
e gr
eat i
ssue
s.I
bear
them
all
in m
ind
as, i
n th
e pr
esen
t rep
ort,
turn
to th
e pr
obl
ems
that
the
Cou
ncil
has
spec
ifi-
cally
req
uest
ed I
con
side
r: p
reve
ntiv
e di
plom
acy,
Intr
oduc
tion
peac
emak
ing
and
peac
e-ke
epin
gto
whi
ch I
hav
ead
ded
acl
osel
y re
late
d co
ncep
t, po
st-c
onfl
ict
peac
e-bu
ildin
g.T
he m
anif
est d
esir
e of
the
mem
bers
hip
to w
ork
6
toge
ther
is a
new
sou
rce
of s
tren
gth
in o
ur c
omm
onen
deav
our.
Suc
cess
is f
ar f
rom
cer
tain
, how
ever
.W
hile
my
repo
rt d
eals
with
way
s to
impr
ove
the
Or-
gani
zatio
n's
capa
city
to p
ursu
e an
d pr
eser
ve p
eace
,it
is c
ruci
al f
or a
ll M
embe
r St
ates
to b
ear
in m
ind
that
the
sear
ch f
or im
prov
ed m
echa
nism
s an
d te
ch-
niqu
es w
ill b
e of
littl
e si
gnif
ican
ce u
nles
s th
is n
ewsp
irit
of c
omm
onal
ity is
pro
pelle
d by
the
will
to ta
keth
e ha
rd d
ecis
ions
dem
ande
d by
this
tim
e of
opp
or-
tuni
ty. It is
ther
efor
e w
ith a
sen
se o
f m
omen
t, an
d w
ithgr
atitu
de, t
hat I
pre
sent
this
rep
ort t
o th
e M
embe
rsof
the
Uni
ted
Nat
ions
.
/1-o
41N
4-4\
11-
Bou
tros
Bou
tros
-Gha
li
I. T
he c
hang
ing
cont
ext
IN T
HE
CO
UR
SE
of t
he p
ast f
ew y
ears
the
imm
ense
ideo
-lo
gica
l bar
rier
that
for
deca
des
gave
ris
e to
dis
trus
tan
d
host
ility
--a
nd th
e te
rrib
le to
ols
of d
estr
uctio
n th
at w
ere
thei
rin
sepa
rabl
e co
mpa
nion
shas
col
laps
ed. E
ven
as th
e is
sues
betw
een
Sta
tes
nort
h an
d so
uth
grow
mor
e ac
ute,
and
cal
lfo
r
atte
ntio
n at
the
high
est l
evel
s of
gov
ernm
ent,
the
impr
ove-
men
t in
rela
tions
bet
wee
n S
tate
s ea
st a
nd w
est
affo
rds
new
poss
ibili
ties,
som
e al
read
y re
aliz
ed, t
o m
eet s
ucce
ssfu
llyth
reat
s to
com
mon
sec
urity
.A
utho
ritar
ian
regi
mes
hav
e gi
ven
way
to m
ore
dem
o-9
crat
ic fo
rces
and
res
pons
ive
Gov
ernm
ents
. The
form
, sco
pean
d in
tens
ity o
f the
se p
roce
sses
diff
er fr
om I.
atin
Am
eric
a to
Afr
ica
to E
urop
e to
Asi
a, b
ut th
ey a
re s
uffic
ient
ly s
imila
r to
indi
cate
a g
loba
l phe
nonl
enon
. Par
alle
l to
thes
e po
litic
alch
ange
s, m
any
Sta
tes
arc
seek
ing
mor
e op
en fo
rms
of e
co-
nom
ic p
olic
y, c
reat
ing
a w
orld
wid
e se
nse
of d
ynam
ism
and
mov
emen
t.T
o th
e hu
ndre
ds o
f mill
ions
who
gai
ned
thei
r in
k-10
pend
ence
in th
e su
rge
of d
ecol
oniz
atio
n fo
llow
ing
the
crea
-tio
n of
the
Uni
ted
Nat
ions
, hav
e be
en a
dded
mill
ions
mor
ew
ho h
ave
rece
ntly
gai
ned
free
dom
. Onc
e ag
ain
new
Sta
tes
arc
taki
ng th
eir
scat
s in
the
Gen
eral
Ass
embl
y. T
heir
arriv
alre
conf
irms
the
impo
rtan
ce a
nd in
disp
ensa
bilit
y of
the
sove
r-ei
gn S
tate
as
the
fund
amen
tal e
ntity
ofth
e in
tern
atio
nal c
om-
mun
ity.
We
have
ent
ered
a ti
me
of g
loba
l tra
nsiti
on m
arke
d by
//un
ique
ly c
ontr
adic
tory
tren
ds. R
evio
nal a
nd c
ontin
enta
l as-
5
6A
n ag
enda
for
pea
ce
soci
atio
ns o
f St
ates
are
evo
lvin
g w
ays
to d
eepe
n co
oper
atio
nan
d ea
se s
ome
of th
e co
nten
tious
cha
ract
eris
tics
of s
over
eign
and
natio
nalis
tic r
ival
ries
. Nat
iona
l bou
ndar
ies
are
blur
red
by a
dvan
ced
com
mun
icat
ions
and
glo
bal c
omm
erce
, and
by
the
deci
sion
s of
Sta
tes
to y
ield
som
e so
vere
ign
prer
ogat
ives
to la
rger
, com
mon
pol
itica
l ass
ocia
tions
. At t
he s
ame
time,
how
ever
, fie
rce
new
ass
ertio
ns o
f na
tiona
lism
and
sov
er-
eign
ty s
prin
g up
, and
the
cohe
sion
of
Stat
es is
thre
aten
ed b
ybr
utal
eth
nic,
rel
igio
us, s
ocia
l, cu
ltura
l or
lingu
istic
str
ife.
Soci
al p
eace
is c
halle
nged
on
the
one
hand
by
new
ass
ertio
nsof
dis
crim
inat
ion
and
excl
usio
n an
d, o
n th
e ot
her,
by
acts
of
terr
ori3
m s
eeki
ng to
und
erm
ine
evol
utio
n an
d ch
ange
thro
ugh
dem
ocra
tic m
eans
.12
The
con
cept
of
peac
e is
eas
y to
gra
sp; t
hat o
f in
tern
a-tio
nal s
ecur
ity is
mor
e co
mpl
ex, f
or a
pat
tern
of
cont
radi
c-tio
ns h
as a
rise
n he
re a
s w
ell.
As
maj
or n
ucle
ar p
ower
s ha
vebe
gun
to n
egot
iate
arm
s re
duct
ion
agre
emen
ts, t
he p
rolif
era-
tion
of w
eapo
ns o
f m
ass
dest
ruct
ion
thre
aten
s to
incr
ease
and
conv
entio
nal a
rms
cont
inue
to b
e am
asse
d in
man
y pa
rts
ofth
e w
orld
. As
raci
sm b
ecom
es r
ecog
nize
d fo
r th
e de
stru
ctiv
efo
rce
it is
and
as
apar
thei
d is
bei
ng d
ism
antle
d, n
ew r
acia
lte
nsio
ns a
re r
isin
g an
d fi
ndin
g ex
pres
sion
in v
iole
nce.
Tec
h-no
logi
cal a
dvan
ces
are
alte
ring
the
natu
re a
nd th
e ex
pect
a-tio
n of
life
all
over
the
glob
e. T
hc r
evol
utio
n in
com
mun
ica-
tions
has
uni
ted
the
wor
ld in
aw
aren
ess,
in a
s9ir
atio
n an
d in
grea
ter
solid
arity
aga
inst
inju
stic
e. B
ut p
rop
ess
also
bri
ngs
new
ris
ks f
or s
tabi
lity:
eco
logi
cal d
amag
e, d
isru
ptio
n ()
Min
-dy
and
com
mun
ity li
fe, g
reat
er in
trus
ion
into
the
lives
and
righ
ts o
f in
divi
dual
s.I
3T
his
new
dim
ensi
on o
f in
secu
rity
mus
t not
be
allo
wed
toob
scur
e th
e cm
ititm
ing
and
deva
stat
ing
prob
lem
s of
un-
chec
ked
popu
latio
n gr
owth
, cru
shin
g de
bt b
ut d
ens,
bat
rie
t s
9
The
cha
ngin
g co
ntex
t7
to tr
ade,
dru
gs a
nd th
e gr
owin
gdi
spar
ity b
etw
een
rich
and
poor
. Pov
erty
, dis
ease
,fa
min
e, o
ppre
ssio
n an
d de
spai
rab
ound
, joi
ning
to p
rodu
ce 1
7 m
illio
n re
fuge
es,
20 m
illio
n
disp
lace
d pe
rson
s an
d m
assi
ve m
igra
tions
of
peop
les
with
inan
d be
yond
nat
iona
l bor
ders
. The
se a
re b
oth
sour
cesa
nd c
on-
sequ
ence
s of
con
flic
t tha
t req
uire
the
ceas
eles
s at
tent
ion
and
the
high
est p
rior
ity in
the
effo
rts
of th
e U
nite
dN
atio
ns. A
po-
rous
ozo
ne s
hiel
d co
uld
pose
a g
reat
erth
reat
to a
n ex
pose
dpo
pula
tion
than
a h
ostil
e ar
my.
Dro
ught
and
dis
ease
can
deci
-
mat
e no
less
mer
cile
ssly
than
the
wea
pons
of w
ar. S
o at
this
mom
ent o
f re
new
ed o
ppor
tuni
ty, t
he e
ffor
tsof
the
Org
aniz
a-tio
n to
bui
ld p
eace
, sta
bilit
y an
d se
curi
ty m
ust e
ncom
pass
mat
ters
bey
ond
mili
tary
thre
ats
in o
rder
tobr
eak
the
fette
rs o
fst
rife
and
war
fare
that
hav
e ch
arac
teri
zed
the
past
. But
arm
edco
nflic
ts to
day,
as
they
hav
e th
roug
hout
his
tory
, con
tinue
tobr
ing
fear
and
hor
ror
to h
uman
ity, r
equi
ring
our
urg
ent i
n-vo
lvem
ent t
o tr
y to
pre
vent
, con
tain
and
bri
ng th
on to
an
end.
Sinc
e th
e cr
eatio
n of
thc
Uni
ted
Nat
ions
ir 1
945,
ove
r14
100
maj
or c
onfl
icts
aro
und
the
wor
ld h
ave
left
som
e 20
mil-
lion
dead
. The
Uni
ted
Nat
ions
was
ren
dere
d po
wer
less
tode
al w
ith m
any
of th
ese
cris
es b
ecau
se o
f th
e ve
toes
-279
of
them
cast
in th
e Se
curi
ty C
ounc
il, w
hich
wer
e a
vivi
d ex
-pr
essi
on o
f th
e di
visi
ons
of th
at p
erio
d.W
ith th
e en
d of
the
cold
war
ther
e ha
ve b
een
no s
uch
Ye-
15
toes
sin
ce 3
1 M
ay 1
990,
and
dem
ands
on
the
Uni
ted
Nat
ions
have
sur
ged.
Its
sec
urity
arm
, onc
e di
sabl
ed b
y ci
rcum
-st
ance
sit
was
not
ete
ated
or
eqvi
pped
to c
ontr
ol, h
asem
erge
d as
a c
entr
al in
stru
men
t for
the
prev
entio
n an
d I
cso-
luti:
m o
f co
nflic
ts a
nd f
or th
e pr
eser
vatio
n ol
peac
e. (
)mai
ms
mus
t be:
To
seek
to id
entif
y at
the
earl
iest
pos
sibl
e st
age
situ
-at
ions
that
cou
ld p
rodu
ce c
onfl
ict,
and
to ti
y th
ioug
h
An
agen
da fo
r pe
ace
dipl
omac
y to
rem
ove
the
sour
ces
of d
ange
r be
fore
vio
-le
nce
resu
lts;
Whe
re c
onfl
ict e
rupt
s, to
eng
age
in p
eace
mak
ing
aim
edat
res
olvi
ng th
e is
sues
that
hav
e le
d to
con
flic
t;T
hrou
gh p
eace
-kee
ping
, to
wor
k to
pre
serv
e pe
ace,
how
-ev
er f
ragi
le, w
here
fig
htin
g ha
s be
en h
alte
d an
d to
ass
ist
in im
plem
entin
g ag
reem
ents
ach
ieve
d by
the
peac
e-m
aker
s;T
o st
and
read
y to
ass
ist i
n pe
ace-
build
ing
in it
s di
ffer
ing
cont
exts
: reb
uild
ing
the
inst
itutio
ns a
nd in
fras
truc
ture
sof
nat
ions
torn
by
civi
l war
and
str
ife;
and
bui
ldin
gbo
nds
of p
eace
ful m
utua
l ben
efit
amon
g na
tions
for
-m
erly
at w
ar;
And
in th
e la
rges
t sen
se, t
o ad
dres
s th
e de
epes
t cau
ses
ofco
nflic
t: ec
onom
ic d
espa
ir, s
ocia
l inj
ustic
e an
d po
litic
alop
pres
sion
. It i
s po
ssib
le to
dis
cern
an
incr
easi
ngly
com
-m
on m
oral
per
cept
ion
that
spa
ns th
e w
orld
's n
atio
ns a
ndpe
ople
s, a
nd w
hich
is f
indi
ng e
xpre
ssio
n in
inte
rna-
tiona
l law
s, m
any
owin
g th
eir
gene
sis
to th
e w
ork
of th
isO
rgan
izat
ion.
16T
his
wid
er m
issi
on f
or th
e w
orld
Org
aniz
atio
o w
ill d
e-m
and
the
conc
erte
d at
tent
ion
and
effo
rt o
f in
divi
dual
Sta
tes,
of r
egio
nal a
nd n
on-g
over
nmen
tal o
rgan
izat
ions
and
of
all o
fth
e U
nite
d N
atio
ns s
yste
m, w
ith e
ach
of th
e pr
inci
pal o
rgan
sfu
nctio
ning
in th
e ba
lanc
e an
d ha
rmon
y th
at th
e C
hart
er r
e-qu
ires
. The
Sec
urity
Cou
ncil
has
been
ass
igne
d by
all
Mem
-be
r St
ates
the
prim
ary
resp
onsi
bilit
y fo
r th
e m
aint
enan
ce o
fin
tern
atio
nal p
eace
and
sec
urity
und
er th
e C
hart
er. I
n its
broa
dest
sen
se th
is r
espo
nsib
ility
mus
t be
shar
ed b
y th
e G
en-
eral
Ass
embl
y an
d by
all
the
func
tiona
l ele
men
ts o
f th
e w
orld
Org
aniz
atio
n. E
ach
has
a sp
ecia
l and
indi
spen
sabl
e ro
le to
play
in a
n in
tegr
ated
app
roac
h to
hum
an s
ecur
ity. T
he S
ecre
-
The
cha
ngin
g co
ntex
t9
tary
-Gen
eral
's c
ontr
ibut
ion
rest
s on
the
patte
rn o
f tr
ust a
ndco
oper
atio
n es
tabl
ishe
d be
twee
n hi
m a
nd th
e de
liber
ativ
e or
-ga
ns o
f th
e U
nite
d N
atio
ns.
The
fou
ndat
ion-
ston
e of
this
wor
k is
and
mus
t rem
ain
17
the
Stat
e. R
espe
ct f
or it
s fu
ndam
enta
l sov
erei
gnty
and
inte
g-ri
ty a
re c
ruci
al to
any
com
mon
inte
rnat
iona
l pro
gres
s. T
hetim
e of
abs
olut
e an
d ex
clus
ive
sove
reig
nty,
how
ever
, has
pass
ed; i
ts th
eory
was
nev
er m
atch
ed b
y re
ality
. It i
s th
e ta
skof
lead
ers
of S
tate
s to
day
to u
nder
stan
d th
is a
nd to
fin
d a
bal-
ance
bet
wee
n th
e ne
eds
of g
ood
inte
rnal
gov
erna
nce
and
the
requ
irem
ents
of
an e
ver
inur
e in
terd
epen
dent
wor
ld. C
om-
mer
ce, c
omm
unic
atio
ns a
nd e
nvir
onm
enta
l mat
ters
tran
-sc
end
adm
inis
trat
ive
bord
ers;
but
insi
de th
ose
bord
ers
isw
here
indi
vidu
als
carr
y ou
t the
fir
st o
rder
of
thei
r ec
onom
ic,
polit
ical
and
soc
ial l
ives
. The
Uni
ted
Nat
ions
has
not
clo
sed
its d
oor.
Yet
if' e
very
eth
nic,
rel
igio
us o
r lin
guis
tic g
roup
clai
med
sta
teho
od, t
here
wou
ld b
e no
lim
it to
fra
gmen
tatio
n,an
d pe
ace,
sec
urity
and
eco
nom
ic w
ell-
bein
g fo
r al
l wou
ldbe
com
e ev
er m
ore
diff
icul
t to
achi
eve.
One
req
uire
men
t for
sol
utio
ns to
thes
e pr
oble
ms
lies
in18
com
mitm
ent t
o hu
man
rig
hts
with
.a s
peci
al s
ensi
tivity
toth
ose
of m
inor
ities
, whe
ther
eth
nic,
rel
igio
us, s
ocia
l or
lin-
guis
tic. T
he L
eagu
e of
Nat
ions
pro
vide
d a
mac
hine
ry f
or th
ein
tern
atio
nal p
rote
ctio
n of
min
oriti
es. T
he G
ener
al A
ssem
-bl
y so
on w
ill h
ave
befo
re it
a d
ecla
ratio
n on
the
righ
ts o
f m
i-no
ritie
s. T
hat i
nstr
umen
t, to
geth
er w
ith th
e in
crea
sing
ly e
f-fe
ctiv
e m
achi
nery
of
the
I In
ited
Nat
ions
dea
ling
with
hum
anri
ghk,
sho
uld
enha
nce
the
situ
atio
n of
min
oriti
es a
s w
ell a
sth
e st
abili
ty o
f St
ates
.G
loba
lism
and
nat
iona
lism
nee
d no
t be
view
ed a
s op
pos-
lvin
g tr
ends
, doo
med
to s
pur
eacl
, oth
er o
n to
ext
rem
es o
r re
ac-
tion.
he h
ealth
y gl
obal
izat
ion
or c
onte
mpo
rary
life
req
uire
s
tOA
n ag
enda
for
pea
ce
in th
e fi
rst i
nsta
nce
solid
iden
titie
s an
d fu
ndam
enta
l fre
e-do
ms.
The
sov
erei
gnty
,te
rrito
rial
inte
grity
and
inde
-pe
nden
ce o
f St
ates
with
in th
e es
tabl
ishe
d in
tern
atio
nal s
ys-
tem
, and
the
prin
cipl
e of
sel
f-de
term
inat
ion
for
peop
les,
bot
hof
gre
at v
alue
and
impo
rtan
ce, m
ust n
ot b
e pe
rmitt
ed to
wor
kag
ains
t eac
h ot
her
in th
e pe
riod
ahe
ad. R
espe
ct f
or d
emo-
crat
ic p
rinc
iple
s at
all
leve
ls o
f so
cial
exi
sten
ce is
cru
cial
: in
com
mun
ities
, with
in S
tate
s an
d w
ithin
the
com
mun
ity o
fSt
ates
. Our
con
stan
t dut
y sh
ould
be
to m
aint
ain
the
inte
grity
of e
ach
whi
le f
indi
ng a
bal
ance
d de
sign
for
all.
11. D
efin
ition
s
?TH
E T
ER
MS
prev
entiv
e di
plom
acy,
pea
cem
akin
g an
d20
peac
e-ke
epin
g ar
e in
tegr
ally
rel
ated
and
as
used
in th
isre
port
are
def
ined
as
follo
ws:
Prev
entiv
e di
plom
acyi
s ac
tion
to p
reve
nt d
ispu
tes
from
aris
ing
betw
een
part
ies,
to p
reve
nt e
xist
ing
disp
utes
from
esc
alat
ing
into
con
flic
ts a
nd to
lim
it th
e sp
read
of
the
latte
r w
hen
they
occ
ur.
Peac
emak
ing
is a
ctio
n to
bri
ng h
ostil
e pa
rtie
s to
agr
ee-
men
t, es
sent
ially
thro
ugh
such
pea
cefu
l mea
ns a
s th
ose
fore
seen
in C
hapt
er V
I of
the
Cha
rter
of
the
t Mite
('N
atio
ns.
Peac
e-ke
epin
g is
the
depl
oym
ent o
f a
Uni
ted
Nat
ions
pres
ence
in th
e fi
eld,
hith
erto
with
the
cons
ent o
f al
l the
part
ies
conc
erne
d, n
orm
ally
invo
lvin
g U
nite
d N
atio
nsm
ilita
ry a
nd/o
r po
lice
pers
onne
l and
fre
quen
tly c
ivih
ans
as w
ell.
Peac
e-ke
epin
g is
a te
chni
que
that
exp
ands
the
poss
ibili
ties
for
both
the
prev
entio
n of
con
flic
t and
the
mak
ing
of p
eace
.T
he p
rese
nt r
epor
t in
addi
tion
will
add
ress
the
criti
cally
21
rela
ted
conc
ept o
f po
st-c
onfl
ict p
eace
-bui
ldin
gact
ion
toid
entif
y an
d su
ppor
t str
uctu
res
whi
ch w
ill te
ndto
str
engt
hen
and
solid
ify
peac
e in
ord
er to
avo
ida
rela
pse
into
con
flic
t.Pr
even
tive
dipl
omac
y se
eks
to r
esol
ve d
ispu
tes
befo
re v
io-
lenc
e br
eaks
out
; pea
cem
akin
g an
d pe
ace-
keep
ing
are
re-
quir
ed to
hal
t con
flic
ts a
nd p
rese
rve
peac
e on
ce it
is a
ttain
ed.
If s
ucce
ssfu
l, th
ey s
tren
gthe
n th
e op
port
unity
foi
post
-
12A
n ag
enda
for
pea
ce
conf
lict p
eace
-bui
ldin
g, w
hich
can
pre
vent
the
recu
rren
ce o
fvi
olen
ce a
mon
g na
tions
and
peo
ples
.22
The
se fo
ur a
reas
for
actio
n, ta
ken
toge
ther
, and
car
ried
out w
ith th
e ba
ckin
g of
all
Mem
bers
, offe
r a
cohe
rent
con
tri-
butio
n to
war
ds s
ecur
ing
peac
e in
the
spiri
t ofth
e C
hart
er. T
heU
nite
d N
atio
ns h
as e
xten
sive
exp
erie
nce
not o
nly
in th
ese
field
s, b
ut in
the
wid
er r
ealm
of w
ork
for
peac
e in
whi
ch th
ese
four
fiel
ds a
re s
et. I
nitia
tives
on
deco
loni
zatio
n, ln
the
envi
-ro
nmen
t and
sus
tain
able
dev
elop
men
t, on
pop
ulat
ion,
on
the
erad
icat
ion
of d
isea
se, o
n di
sarm
amen
t and
on
the
grow
th o
fin
tern
atio
nal l
awth
ese
and
man
y ot
hers
hav
e co
ntrib
uted
imm
easu
rabl
y to
the
foun
datio
ns fo
r a
peac
eful
wor
ld. T
hew
orld
has
ofte
n be
en r
ent b
y co
nflic
t and
pla
gued
by
mas
sive
hum
an s
uffe
ring
and
depr
ivat
ion.
Yet
it w
ould
hav
e be
en fa
rm
ore
so w
ithou
t the
con
tinui
ng e
ffort
s of
the
Uni
ted
Nat
ions
.T
his
wid
e ex
perie
nce
mus
t he
take
n in
to a
ccou
nt in
ass
essi
ngth
e po
tent
ial o
f the
Uni
ted
Nat
ions
in m
aint
aini
ng in
tern
a-tio
nal s
ecur
ity n
ot o
nly
in it
s tr
aditi
onal
sen
se, b
ut in
the
new
dim
ensi
ons
pres
ente
d by
the
era
ahea
d.
Prev
entiv
e di
plom
acy
ffiI
IE M
OST
desi
rabl
e an
d ef
ficie
nt e
mpl
oym
ent o
f dip
lo-
23
mac
y is
to e
ase
tens
ions
bef
ore
they
res
ult i
n co
nflic
t--
or, i
f con
fliet
bre
aks
out,
to a
ct s
wift
ly to
con
tain
it a
nd r
e-so
lve
its u
nder
lyin
g _a
uses
. Pre
vent
ive
dipl
omac
y m
ay b
epe
rfor
med
by
the
Sec
reta
ry-G
ener
al p
erso
nally
or
thro
ugh
seni
or s
taff
or s
peci
aliz
ed a
genc
ies
and
prog
ram
mes
, by
the
Sec
urity
Cou
ncil
or th
e G
ener
al A
ssem
bly,
and
by
regi
onal
orga
niza
tions
in c
oope
ratio
n w
ith th
e U
nite
d N
atio
ns. P
re-
vent
ive
dipl
omac
y re
quire
s m
easu
res
to c
reat
e co
nfid
ence
; it
need
s ea
rly w
arni
ng b
ased
on
info
rmat
ion
gath
erin
g an
d in
-fo
rmal
or
form
al fa
ct-f
indi
ng; i
t may
als
o in
volv
e pr
even
tive
depl
oym
ent a
nd, i
n so
me
situ
atio
ns, d
emili
tariz
ed z
ones
.
ME
ASU
RE
S T
O B
UIL
D C
ON
FID
EN
CE
Mut
ual c
on fi
denc
e an
d go
od fa
ith a
rc e
ssen
tial t
o te
duci
ng24
the
likel
ihoo
d of
con
flict
bet
wee
n S
tate
s. M
any
such
mea
s-ur
es a
re a
vaila
ble
to G
over
nmen
ts th
at h
ave
the
will
to e
m-
ploy
them
. Sys
tem
atic
exc
hang
e of
mili
tary
mis
sion
s, fo
rma-
tion
of r
egio
nal o
r su
breg
iona
l ris
k re
duct
ion
cent
res,
ar-
rang
emen
ts fo
r th
e fr
ee fl
ow o
f inf
orm
atio
n, in
clud
ing
the
mon
itorin
g of
reg
iona
l arm
s ag
reem
ents
, arc
exa
mpl
es. I
ask
all r
egio
nal o
rgan
izat
ions
to c
onsi
der
wha
t fur
ther
con
fi-
denc
e-bu
ildin
g m
easu
res
mig
ht b
e ap
plie
d in
thei
r ar
eas
and
to in
form
the
I lni
ted
Nat
ions
of t
he r
esul
ts. I
will
und
et ta
kepe
riodi
c co
nsul
tatio
ns o
n co
nfid
ence
-bui
ldin
g m
easu
res
with
par
ties
to p
oten
tial,
curr
ent o
r pa
st d
ispu
tes
and
with
re-
1
14A
n a
gend
a fo
r pe
ace
Prev
entiv
e di
plom
acy
15
gion
al o
rgan
izat
ions
, off
erin
g su
ch a
dvis
ory
assi
stan
ce a
sth
e Se
cret
aria
t can
pro
vide
.
FAC
T-F
1ND
ING
25Pr
even
tive
step
s m
ust b
e ba
sed
upon
tim
ely
and
accu
rate
know
ledg
e of
the
fact
s. B
eyon
d th
is, a
n un
ders
tand
ing
of d
e-ve
lopm
ents
and
glo
bal t
rend
s, b
ased
on s
ound
ana
lysi
s, is
re-
quir
ed. A
nd th
e w
illin
gnes
s to
take
app
ropr
iate
pre
vent
ive
actio
n is
ess
entia
l. G
iven
the
econ
omic
and
soc
ial
root
s of
man
y po
tent
ial c
onfl
icts
, the
info
rmat
ion
need
ed b
y th
eU
nite
d N
atio
ns n
ow m
ust e
ncom
pass
eco
nom
ic a
ndso
cial
tren
ds a
s w
ell a
s po
litic
al d
evel
opm
ents
that
may
lead
to d
an-
gero
us te
nsio
ns.
(a)
An
incr
ease
d re
sort
to f
act-
find
ing
is n
eede
d, in
ac-
cord
ance
with
the
Cha
rter
, ini
tiate
d ei
thef
by
the
Secr
etar
y-G
ener
al, t
o en
able
him
to m
eet h
isre
-sp
onsi
bilit
ies
unde
r th
e C
hart
er, i
nclu
ding
Art
icle
99, o
r by
the
Secu
rity
Cou
ncil
or th
e G
ener
al A
s-se
mbl
y. V
ario
us f
orm
s m
ay b
e em
ploy
ed s
elec
tivel
yas
the
situ
atio
n re
quir
es. A
req
uest
by
a St
ate
for
the
send
ing
of a
Uni
ted
Nat
ions
fac
t-fi
ndin
g m
issi
on to
its te
rrito
t y s
houl
d be
con
side
red
with
out u
ndue
de-
lay.
(b)
Con
tact
s w
ith th
e G
over
nmen
ts o
f M
embe
r St
ates
can
prov
ide
the
Secr
etar
y-G
ener
al w
ith d
etai
led
in-
form
atio
n on
issu
es o
f co
ncer
n. I
ask
that
all
Mem
-be
r St
ates
he
read
y to
pro
vide
the
info
rmat
ion
need
ed f
or e
ffec
tive
prev
entiv
e di
plom
acy.
I w
illsu
pple
men
t my
own
cont
acts
by
regu
larl
y se
ndin
gse
nior
off
icia
ls o
n m
issi
ons
for
cons
ulta
tions
inca
pita
ls o
r ot
her
loca
tions
. Suc
h co
ntac
ts a
re e
ssen
-
tial t
o ga
in in
sigh
t int
o a
situ
atio
n an
d to
ass
ess
itspo
tent
ial r
amif
icat
ions
.(c
) Fo
rmal
fac
t-fi
ndin
g ca
n be
man
date
d by
the
Secu
-ri
ty C
ounc
il or
by
the
Gen
eral
Ass
embl
y, e
ither
of
whi
ch m
ay e
lect
to s
end
a m
issi
on u
nder
its
imm
e-di
ate
auth
ority
or
may
invi
te th
e Se
cret
ary-
Gen
eral
to ta
ke th
e ne
cess
ary
step
s, in
clud
ing
the
desi
gna-
tion
of a
spe
cial
env
oy. I
n ad
ditio
n to
col
lect
ing
in-
form
atio
n on
whi
ch a
dec
isio
n fo
r fu
rthe
r ac
tion
can
be ta
ken,
suc
h a
mis
sion
can
in s
ome
inst
ance
s he
lpto
def
use
a di
sput
e by
its
pres
ence
, ind
icat
ing
to th
epa
rtie
s th
at th
e O
rgan
izat
ion,
and
in p
artic
ular
the
Secu
rity
Cou
ncil,
is a
ctiv
ely
seiz
ed o
f th
e m
atte
r as
a pr
esen
t or
pote
ntia
l thr
eat t
o in
tern
atio
nal s
ecu-
rity
.(d
)In
exc
eptio
nal c
ircu
mst
ance
s th
e C
ounc
il m
ay m
eet
away
fro
m I
lead
quar
ters
as
the
Cha
rter
pro
vide
s, in
orde
r no
t onl
y to
info
rr.,
itsel
f di
rect
ly, b
ut a
lso
tobr
ing
the
auth
ority
of
the
9t-g
aniz
atio
n to
bea
r on
agi
ven
situ
atio
n.
EA
RL
Y W
AR
NIN
G
In r
ecen
t yea
rs th
e U
nite
d N
atio
ns s
yste
m h
as b
een
deve
lop-
26
ing
a va
luab
le n
etw
ork
of e
arly
war
ning
sys
tem
s co
ncer
ning
envi
ronm
enta
l thr
eats
, the
ris
k of
nuc
lear
acc
iden
t, na
tura
ldi
sast
ers,
mas
s m
ovem
ents
of
popu
latio
ns, t
he th
reat
of
fam
-in
e an
d th
e sp
read
of
dise
ase.
The
re is
a n
eed,
how
ever
, to
stre
ngth
en a
rran
gem
ents
in s
uch
a m
anne
r th
at in
form
atio
nfr
om th
ese
sour
ces
can
bc s
ynth
esiz
ed w
ith p
oliti
cal i
ndic
a-to
rs to
ass
ess
whe
ther
a th
reat
to p
eace
exi
sts
and
to a
naly
sew
hat a
ctio
n m
ight
be
take
n by
the
I hi
lted
Nat
ions
to a
llevi
ate
aro
16A
n ag
enda
for
pea
ce
it. T
his
is a
pro
cess
that
will
con
tinue
to r
equi
re th
e cl
ose
co-
oper
atio
n of
the
vario
us s
peci
aliz
ed a
genc
ies
and
func
tiona
lof
fices
of t
he U
nite
d N
atio
ns. T
he a
naly
ses
and
reco
mm
en-
datio
ns fo
r pr
even
tive
actio
n th
at e
mer
ge w
ill h
e m
ade
avai
l-ab
le b
y m
e. a
s ap
prop
riate
, to
thc
Sec
urity
Cou
ncil
and
othe
rU
nite
d N
atio
ns o
rgan
s. I
reco
mm
end
in a
dditi
on th
at th
e S
e-cu
rity
Cou
ncil
invi
te a
rei
nvig
orat
ed a
nd r
estr
uctu
red
Fco
-no
mic
and
Soc
ial C
ounc
il to
pro
vide
rep
orts
, in
acco
rdan
cew
ith A
rtic
le 6
5 of
the
Cha
rter
, on
thos
e ec
onom
ic a
nd s
ocia
lde
velo
pmen
ts th
at m
ay, u
nles
s m
itiga
ted,
thre
aten
inte
rna-
tiona
l pea
ce a
nd s
ecur
ity.
27R
egio
nal a
rran
gem
ents
and
org
aniz
atio
ns h
ave
an im
-po
rtan
t rol
e in
ear
ly w
qrni
ng. I
ask
reg
iona
l org
aniz
atio
nsth
at h
ave
not y
et s
ough
t obs
erve
r st
atus
at t
he U
nite
d N
atio
nsto
do
so a
nd to
be
linke
d, th
roug
h ap
prop
riate
arr
ange
men
ts,
with
the
secu
rity
mec
hani
sms
of th
is O
rgan
izat
ion.
28
PRE
VE
NT
IVE
DE
PLO
YM
EN
F
I Ini
ted
Nat
ions
ope
ratio
ns in
are
as o
f cris
is h
ave
gene
rally
been
est
ablis
hed
afte
r co
nflic
t has
occ
urre
d. T
he ti
me
has
com
e to
pla
n fo
r ci
rcum
stan
ces
war
rant
ing
prev
entiv
e de
-pl
oym
ent,
whi
ch c
ould
take
pla
ce in
a v
arie
ty o
f ins
tanc
esan
d w
ays.
For
exa
mpl
e, in
con
ditio
ns o
f nat
iona
l cris
is th
ere
coul
d be
pre
vent
ive
depl
oym
ent a
t ihe
req
uest
of t
he G
over
n-m
ent o
r al
l par
ties
conc
erne
d, o
r w
ith th
eir
cons
ent;
in in
ter-
Sta
te d
ispu
tes
such
dep
loym
ent c
ould
take
pla
ce w
hen
two
coun
trie
s fe
el th
at a
Uni
ted
Nat
ions
pre
senc
e on
bot
h si
des
ofth
eir
bord
er c
an d
isco
urag
e ho
stili
ties;
furt
herm
ore,
pre
ven-
tive
depl
oym
ent c
ould
take
pla
ce w
hen
a co
untr
y F
eels
thre
at-
ened
and
req
uest
s th
e de
f,loy
men
t of a
n ap
prop
riate
(Jo
lted
Nat
ions
pi e
senc
e al
ong
its s
ide
of th
e bo
rder
alo
ne. I
n ea
ch
;
Prev
entiv
e di
plom
acy
17--
_-_-
situ
atio
n, th
e m
anda
te a
nd c
ompo
sitio
n of
the
Uni
ted
Na-
tions
pre
senc
e w
ould
nee
d to
be
care
fully
dev
ised
and
be
clea
r to
all.
In c
ondi
tions
of c
risis
with
in a
cou
ntry
, whe
n th
e G
ov-
29
ernm
ent r
eque
sts
or a
ll pa
rtie
s co
nsen
t, pr
even
tive
depl
oy-
men
t cou
ld h
elp
in a
num
ber
of w
ays
to a
llevi
ate
suffe
ring
and
to li
mit
or c
ontr
ol v
iole
nce.
Hum
anita
rian
assi
stan
ce,
impa
rtia
lly p
rovi
ded,
cou
ld b
e of
crit
ical
impo
rtan
ce; a
ssis
t-an
ce in
mai
ntai
ning
sec
urity
, whe
ther
thro
ugh
mili
tary
, po-
lice
or c
ivili
an p
erso
nnel
, cou
ld s
ave
lives
and
dev
elop
con
-di
tions
of s
afet
y in
whi
ch n
egot
iatio
ns c
an b
e he
ld; t
helln
ited
Nat
ions
cou
ld a
lso
help
in c
onci
liatio
n ef
fort
s if
this
shou
ld b
e th
e w
ish
of th
e pa
rtie
s. In
cer
tain
circ
umst
ance
s,th
c Iln
ited
Nat
ions
may
%ve
il ne
ed to
dra
w u
pon
the
spec
ial-
ized
ski
lls a
nd r
esot
uces
of v
ario
us p
arts
or
the
Uni
ted
Na-
tions
sys
tem
; suc
h op
erat
ions
may
als
o on
occ
asio
n re
quire
the
part
icip
atio
n of
non
-gov
ernm
enta
l org
aniz
atio
ns.
In th
ese
situ
atio
ns o
r in
tern
al c
risis
(he
Uni
ted
Nat
ions
.n)
will
nee
d to
res
pect
the
sove
reig
nty
of th
e S
tate
; to
do o
ther
-w
ise
wou
ld n
ot b
e in
acc
orda
nce
with
the
unde
rsta
ndin
g of
Mem
ber
Sta
tes
in a
ccep
ting
the
prin
cipl
es a
ttic
Cha
rter
. The
Org
aniz
atio
n m
ust r
emai
n m
indf
ul o
f the
car
eful
ly n
egot
i-at
ed b
alan
ce o
f the
gui
ding
prin
cipl
es a
nnex
ed to
Gen
eral
As-
sem
bly
reso
lutio
n 46
/182
of 1
9 D
ecem
ber
1991
. Tho
segu
idel
ines
str
esse
d, in
ter
alia
,th
at h
uman
itaria
n as
sist
ance
mus
t be
prov
ided
in a
ccor
danc
e w
ith th
e pr
inci
ples
of h
u-m
anity
, neu
tral
ity a
nd im
part
ialit
y; th
at th
e so
vere
ignt
y, te
r-rit
oria
l int
egrit
y an
d na
tiona
l uni
ty o
f Sta
tes
mus
t be
Ful
ly r
e-sp
ecte
d in
acc
orda
nce
with
the
Cha
rter
or
the
Uni
ted
Na-
tions
; and
that
, in
this
con
text
, hum
anita
iian
assi
stan
cesh
ould
be
prov
ided
with
the
cons
ent o
f the
affe
cted
cou
ntry
and,
in p
rinc;
ple,
on
the
basi
s of
an
appe
al b
y th
at c
ount
! y.
t
18A
n ag
enda
for
peac
eP
reve
mi-e
dip
lom
acy
19
The
gui
delin
es a
lso
stre
ssed
the
resp
onsi
bilit
y of
Sta
tes
tota
ke c
are
of th
e vi
ctim
s of
em
erge
ncie
s oc
curr
ing
on th
eir
ter-
rito
ry a
nd th
e ne
ed f
or a
cces
s to
thos
e re
quir
ing
hum
anita
rian
assi
stan
ce. I
n th
e lig
ht o
f th
ese
guid
elin
es, a
Gov
ernm
ent's
requ
est f
or U
nite
d N
atio
ns in
volv
emen
t, or
con
sent
to it
,w
ould
not
be
an in
frin
gem
ent o
f th
at S
tate
's s
over
eign
ty o
r be
cont
rary
to A
rtic
le 2
, par
agra
ph 7
, of
the
Cha
rter
whi
ch r
efer
sto
mat
ters
ess
entia
lly w
ithin
the
dom
estic
juri
sdic
tion
of a
nySt
ate.
31In
inte
r-St
ate
disp
utes
, whe
n bo
th p
artie
s ag
ree,
I r
ecom
-m
end
that
if th
e Se
curi
ty C
ounc
il co
nclu
des
that
the
likel
i-ho
od o
f ho
stili
ties
betw
een
neig
hbou
ring
cou
ntri
es c
ould
be
rem
oved
by
the
prev
entiv
e de
ploy
men
t of
a U
nite
d N
atio
nspr
esen
ce o
n th
e te
rrito
ry o
f ea
ch S
tate
, suc
h ac
tion
shou
ld b
eta
ken.
The
nat
ure
of th
e ta
sks
to b
e pe
rfor
med
wou
ld d
eter
-m
ine
the
com
posi
tion
of th
e U
nite
d N
atio
ns p
rese
nce.
32In
cas
es w
here
one
nat
ion
fear
s a
cros
s-bo
rder
atta
ck, i
fth
e Se
curi
ty C
ounc
il co
nclu
des
that
a U
nite
d N
atio
ns p
res-
ence
on
one
side
of
the
bord
er, w
ith th
e co
nsen
t onl
y of
the
requ
estin
g co
untr
y, w
ould
ser
ve to
det
er c
onfl
ict,
I re
com
-m
end
that
pre
vent
ive
depl
oym
ent t
.ake
pla
ce. H
ere
agai
n, th
esp
eci f
ie n
atur
e of
the
situ
atio
n w
uuld
det
erm
ine
the
man
date
and
the
pers
onne
l req
uire
d to
ful
fil i
t.
DE
MIL
ITA
RIZ
ED
ZO
NE
S
In th
e pa
st, d
emili
tari
zed
zone
s ha
ve b
een
esta
blis
hed
byag
reem
ent o
f th
e pa
rtie
s at
the
conc
lusi
on o
f a
conf
lict.
In a
d-di
tion
to th
e de
ploy
men
t of
Uni
ted
Nat
ions
per
sonn
el in
suc
hzo
nes
as p
art o
f pe
ace-
keep
ing
oper
atio
ns, c
onsi
dera
tion
shou
ld n
ow h
e gi
ven
to th
e us
eful
ness
of
such
zon
es a
s a
form
olpr
even
tive
depl
oytn
ent,
on b
oth
side
s of
a b
orde
r, w
ith th
e
agre
emen
t of
the
two
part
ies,
as
a m
eans
of
sepa
ratin
g po
ten-
tial b
ellig
eren
ts, o
r on
one
sid
e of
the
line,
at t
he r
eque
st o
fon
e pa
rty,
for
the
purp
ose
of r
ffno
v in
g an
y pr
etex
t for
atta
ck.
Dem
ilita
rize
d zo
nes
wou
ld s
e.-v
e as
sym
bols
of
the
inte
rna-
tiona
l com
mun
ity's
con
cern
tl a
t con
flic
t be
prev
ente
d.
IV. P
eace
mak
ing
34E
D E
TW
EE
N th
e ta
sks
of s
eeki
ng to
pre
vent
con
flict
and
.13
keep
ing
thc
peac
e lie
s th
e re
spon
sibi
lity
to tr
y to
brin
gno
stile
par
ties
to a
gree
men
t by
peac
eful
mea
ns. C
hapt
er V
Iof
the
Cha
rter
set
s fo
rth
a co
mpr
ehen
sive
list
of s
uch
mea
nsfo
r th
e ie
solu
tion
of c
onfli
ct. T
hese
hav
e be
en a
mpl
i fie
d in
vario
us d
ecla
ratio
ns a
dopt
ed b
y th
e G
ener
al A
ssem
bly,
in-
clud
ing
the
Man
ila D
ecla
ratio
n of
198
2 on
the
Pea
cefu
l Set
-tle
men
t of I
nter
natio
nal D
ispu
tes
and
the
1988
Dec
lara
tion
on th
e P
reve
ntio
n an
d R
emov
al o
f Dis
pute
s an
d S
ituat
ions
Whi
ch M
ay T
hrea
ten
Inte
rnat
iona
l Pea
ce a
nd S
ecur
ity a
ndon
the
Rol
e of
the
Uni
ted
Nat
ions
in th
is F
ield
. The
y ha
ve a
lso
been
the
subj
ect o
f var
ious
res
olut
ions
of t
he G
ener
al A
ssem
-bl
y, in
clud
ing
reso
lutio
n 44
/21
of 1
5 N
ovem
ber
1989
on
en-
hanc
ing
inte
rnat
iona
l pea
ce, s
ecur
ity a
nd in
tern
atio
nal c
oop-
erat
ion
in a
ll its
asp
ects
in a
ccor
danc
e w
ith th
e C
hart
er o
f the
I. Jo
lted
Nat
ions
. The
I. J
nite
d N
atio
ns h
as h
ad w
ide
expe
rienc
e
in th
e ap
plic
atio
n of
thes
e pe
acef
ul m
eans
. If c
onfli
cts
have
gone
unr
esol
ved,
it is
not
bec
ause
tech
niqu
es fo
r pe
acef
ulse
ttlem
ent w
ere
unkn
own
or in
adeq
uate
. "I I
re li
mit
lies
first
inth
e la
ck a
pol
itica
l will
of p
artie
s to
see
k a
solu
tion
to th
eir
di f
fere
nces
thro
ugh
such
mea
ns a
s ar
c su
gges
ted
in C
hapt
erV
I of t
he C
hart
er, a
nd s
econ
d, in
the
lack
of l
ever
age
at th
edi
spos
al o
f a th
ird p
arty
if th
is is
the
proc
edur
e ch
osen
. The
indi
ffere
nce
of th
e in
tern
atio
nal c
omm
unity
to a
pro
blem
, or
the
mar
gina
lizat
ion
of it
, can
als
o th
war
t the
pos
sibi
litie
s of
solu
tion.
We
mus
t loo
k pr
imar
ily to
thes
e ar
eas
if w
e ho
pe to
20
u
Pea
cem
akin
g21
enha
nce
the
capa
city
of t
he O
rgan
izat
ion
for
achi
evin
gpe
acef
ul s
ettle
men
ts.
The
pre
sent
det
erm
inat
ion
in th
e S
ecur
ity C
ounc
il to
re-
solv
e in
tern
atio
nal d
ispu
tes
in th
e m
anne
r fo
rese
en in
the
Cha
rter
has
ope
ned
thc
way
for
a m
ore
activ
e C
ounc
il ro
le.
With
gre
ater
uni
ty h
as c
ome
leve
rage
and
per
suas
ive
pow
erto
lead
hos
tile
part
ies
tow
ards
neg
otia
tions
. 1 u
rge
the
Cou
n-ci
l to
take
full
adva
ntag
e of
the
prov
isio
ns o
f the
Cha
rter
un-
der
whi
ch it
may
rec
omm
end
appr
opria
te p
roce
dure
s or
met
hods
for
disp
ute
settl
emen
t and
, if a
ll th
e pa
rtie
s to
a d
is-
pute
so
requ
est,
mak
e re
com
men
datio
ns to
the
part
ies
fbr
apa
cific
set
tlem
ent o
f the
dis
pute
.T
he G
enen
Ass
embl
y, li
ke th
e S
ecur
ity C
ounc
il an
d th
-_36
Sec
reta
ry-G
ener
al, a
lso
has
all i
mpo
rtan
t roi
c as
sign
ed to
itun
der
the
Cha
rter
for
the
mai
nten
ance
of i
nten
latio
nal p
eace
and
secu
rity.
As
a un
iver
sal f
orum
, its
cap
acity
to c
onsi
der
and
reco
mm
end
appr
opria
te a
ctio
n m
ust b
e re
cogn
ized
. To
that
end
it is
ess
entia
l to
prom
ote
its u
tiliz
atio
n by
all
Mem
-be
r S
tate
s so
as
to b
ring
grea
ter
influ
ence
to b
ear
in p
re-e
mpt
-in
g or
con
tain
ing
situ
atio
ns w
hich
ai e
like
ly to
thre
aten
inte
r-na
tiona
l pea
ce a
nd s
eem
ity.
Med
iatio
n an
d ne
gotia
tion
can
be u
nder
take
n by
an
indi
-vi
dual
des
igna
ted
by th
e S
ecur
ity C
ounc
il, b
y th
e G
ener
alA
ssem
bly
or b
y th
e S
ecre
tary
-Gen
eral
. The
re is
a lo
ng h
is-
tory
of t
he u
tiliz
atio
n by
the
Uni
ted
Nat
ions
of d
istin
guis
hed
stat
esm
en to
faci
litat
e th
e pr
oces
ses
of p
eace
. The
y ca
n br
ing
a pe
rson
al p
rest
ige
that
, in
addi
tion
to th
eir
expe
rienc
e, c
anen
cour
age
the
part
ies
to e
nter
ser
ious
neg
otia
tions
. The
re is
aw
ide
will
ingn
ess
to s
ri ve
in th
is c
apac
ity, f
rom
whi
ch I
shal
lco
ntin
ue to
ben
efit
as th
e ne
ed a
rises
. Fre
quen
tly it
is th
eS
ecre
tary
4 km
eral
him
self'
who
und
erta
kes
the
task
. Whi
leth
e m
edia
tor's
effe
ctiv
enes
s is
enh
ance
d by
str
ong
and
evi-
35
u (.
11
22A
n ag
enda
for
pea
cePe
acem
akin
g23
dent
sup
port
fro
m th
e C
ounc
il, th
e G
ener
al A
ssem
bly
and
the
rele
vant
Mem
ber
Stat
es a
ctin
g in
thei
r na
tiona
l cap
acity
, the
good
off
ices
of
the
Secr
etar
y-G
ener
al m
ay a
t tim
es b
e em
-pl
oyed
mos
t eff
ectiv
ely
whe
n co
nduc
ted
inde
pend
ently
of
the
delib
erat
ive
bodi
es. C
lose
and
con
tinuo
us c
onsu
ltatio
nbe
twee
n th
e Se
cret
ary-
Gen
eral
and
the
Secu
rity
Cou
ncil
is,
how
ever
, ess
entia
l to
ensu
re f
ull a
war
enes
s of
how
the
Cou
n-ci
l's in
flue
nce
can
best
be
appl
ied
and
to d
evel
op a
com
mon
stra
tegy
for
the
peac
eful
set
tlem
ent o
f sp
ecif
ic d
ispu
tes.
TH
E W
OR
LD
CO
UR
T
1 he
doc
ket o
f th
e In
tern
atio
nal C
ourt
of
Just
ice
has
grow
nfu
ller
but i
t rem
ains
an
unde
r-us
ed r
esou
rce
for
the
peac
eful
adju
dica
tion
of d
ispu
tes.
Gre
ater
rel
ianc
e on
the
Cou
rt w
ould
be a
n im
poi t
aut c
ontr
ibut
ion
to U
nite
d N
atio
ns p
eace
mak
-in
g. I
n th
is c
onne
ctio
n, I
cal
l atte
ntio
n to
the
pow
er o
f th
e Se
-cu
rity
Cou
ncil
unde
r A
rtic
les
36 a
nd 3
7 of
the
Cha
rter
to r
ec-
omm
end
to M
embe
r St
ates
the
subm
issi
on o
f a
disp
ute
to th
eIn
tern
atio
nal C
ourt
of
Just
ice,
arb
itrat
ion
or o
ther
dis
pute
-se
ttlem
ent m
echa
nism
s. I
rec
omm
end
that
the
Secr
etar
y-G
ener
al b
e au
thor
ized
, pur
suan
t to
artic
le 9
6, p
arag
raph
2, o
fth
e C
hart
er, t
o ta
ke a
dvan
tage
of
the
advi
sory
com
pete
nce
ofth
e C
ourt
and
that
oth
er U
nite
d N
atio
ns o
rgan
s th
at a
lrea
dyen
joy
such
aut
hori
zatio
n tu
rn to
the
Cou
rt m
ore
freq
uent
lyfo
r ad
viso
ry o
pini
ons.
I re
com
men
d th
e fo
llow
ing
step
s to
rei
n fO
rce
the
role
of
tIn
tern
atio
nal C
ourt
of
Just
ice:
(a)
All
Mem
ber
Stat
es s
houl
d ac
cept
thc
gene
ral j
uris
-di
ctio
n of
the
Inte
rnat
iona
l Cou
rt u
nder
Art
icle
36
a its
Sta
tute
, with
out a
ny r
eser
vatio
n, h
eron
_ th
een
d of
the
I bi
tted
Nat
ions
Dec
ade
of I
nter
natio
nal
Law
in th
e ye
ar 2
000.
In
inst
ance
s w
here
dom
estic
stru
ctur
es p
reve
nt th
is, S
tate
s sh
ould
agr
ee b
ilate
r-al
ly o
r m
ultil
ater
ally
to a
com
preh
ensi
ve li
st o
f m
at-
ters
they
are
will
ing
to s
ubm
it to
the
Cou
rtan
dsh
ould
with
draw
thei
r re
serv
atio
ns to
its
juri
sdic
-tio
n in
the
disp
ute
settl
emen
t cla
uses
of
mul
tilat
eral
trea
ties;
Whe
n su
bmis
sion
of
a di
sput
e to
the
full
Cou
rt is
not
prac
tical
, the
Cha
mbe
rs ju
risd
ictio
n sh
ould
be
used
;St
ates
sho
uld
supp
ort t
he T
rust
Fun
d es
tabl
ishe
d to
assi
st c
ount
ries
una
ble
to a
ffor
d th
e co
st in
volv
ed in
brin
ging
a d
ispu
te to
the
Cou
i t, a
nd s
uch
coun
trie
ssh
ould
take
ful
l adv
anta
ge o
f th
e Fu
nd in
ord
er to
re-
solv
e th
eir
disp
utes
.
AM
EL
IOR
AT
ION
TH
RO
UG
H A
SSIS
TA
NC
E
Peac
emak
ing
is a
t tim
es f
acili
tate
d by
inte
rnat
iona
l act
ion
to40
amel
iora
te c
ircu
mst
ance
s th
at h
ave
cont
ribu
ted
to th
e di
s-pu
te o
r co
nflic
t. if
, for
inst
ance
, ass
ista
nce
to d
ispl
aced
per
-so
ns w
ithin
a s
ocie
ty is
ess
entia
l to
a so
lutio
n, th
en th
e U
nite
dN
atio
ns s
houl
d be
abl
e to
dra
w u
pon
the
reso
urce
s of
all
agen
cies
and
pro
gram
mes
con
cern
ed. A
t pre
sent
, the
re is
no
adeq
uate
mec
hani
sm in
the
Uni
ted
Nat
ions
thro
ugh
whi
chth
e Se
curi
ty C
ounc
il, th
e G
ener
al A
ssem
bly
or th
e Se
cret
ary-
Gen
eral
can
mob
ilize
the
reso
urce
s ne
eded
for
suc
h po
sitiv
ele
vera
ge a
nd e
ngag
e th
e co
llect
ive
effo
rts
of th
e I
Jnite
d N
a-tio
ns s
yste
m f
or th
e pe
acef
'ul r
esol
utio
n of
a c
onfl
ict.
I ha
vera
ised
this
con
cept
in th
e A
dmin
istr
ativ
e C
omm
ittee
on
Co-
ordi
natio
n, w
hich
bri
ngs
toge
ther
the
exec
utiv
e he
ads
ofU
nite
d N
atio
ns a
genc
ies
and
prog
ram
mes
; we
are
expl
orin
g
ij11
111
t./41
10
24A
n ag
enda
for
pea
cePe
acem
akin
g25
met
hods
by
whi
ch th
e in
ter-
agen
cy s
yste
m c
an im
prov
e its
cont
ribu
tion
to th
e pe
acef
ul r
esol
utio
n of
dis
pute
s.
SAN
CT
ION
S A
ND
SPE
CIA
L E
CO
NO
MIC
PR
OB
LE
MS
41In
cir
cum
stan
ces
whe
n pe
acem
akin
g re
quir
es th
e im
posi
tion
of s
anct
ions
und
er A
rtic
le 4
1 of
the
Cha
rter
, it i
s im
port
ant
that
Sta
tes
conf
ront
ed w
ith s
peci
al e
cono
mic
pro
blem
s no
ton
ly h
ave
the
righ
t to
cons
ult t
he S
ecur
ity C
ounc
il re
gard
ing
such
pro
blem
s, a
s A
rtic
le 5
0 pr
ovid
es, b
ut a
lso
have
a r
ealis
-tic
pos
sibi
lity
of h
avin
g th
cir
diff
icul
ties
addr
esse
d. I
rec
om-
men
d th
at th
e Se
curi
ty C
ounc
il de
vise
a s
et o
f m
easu
res
in-
volv
ing
the
fina
ncia
l ins
titut
ions
and
oth
er c
ompo
nent
s of
the
Uni
ted
Nat
ions
sys
tem
that
can
be
put i
n pl
ace
to in
sula
teSt
ates
fro
m s
uch
diff
icul
ties.
Suc
h m
easu
res
wou
ld b
e a
mat
-te
r of
equ
ity a
nd a
mea
ns o
f en
cour
agin
g St
ates
to c
oope
r at
ew
ith d
ecis
ions
of
the
Cou
ncil.
USE
OF
MIL
ITA
RY
FO
RC
E
4 2
It is
the
esse
nce
of th
e co
ncep
t of
colle
ctiv
e se
curi
ty a
s co
n-ta
ined
in th
e C
hart
er th
at i
f pe
acef
ul m
eans
fbi
I, t
he m
easu
res
prov
ided
in C
hapt
er V
II s
houl
d be
use
d, o
n th
e de
cisi
on o
f th
eSe
curi
ty C
ounc
il, to
mai
ntai
n or
res
tore
inte
rnat
iona
l pea
cean
d se
curi
ty in
the
face
of
a "t
hrea
t to
the
peac
e, b
reac
h of
the
peac
e, o
r ac
t of
aggr
essi
on".
The
Sec
urity
Cou
ncil
has
not s
ola
r m
ade
use
of th
e m
ost c
oerc
ive
ofth
ese
mea
sui e
sth
e ac
-tio
n by
mili
tary
fO
rce
Fore
seen
in A
rtic
le 4
2. I
n th
e si
tuat
ion
betw
een
Iraq
and
Kuw
ait,
the
Cou
ncil
chos
e to
aut
hori
7eM
embe
r St
ates
to ta
ke m
easu
res
on it
s be
half
. The
Cha
rter
,ho
wev
er, p
rovi
des
a de
taile
d ap
pr o
ach
whi
ch n
ow m
erits
the
atte
ntio
n or
all
Mem
ber
Stat
es.
Und
er A
rtic
le 4
2 of
the
Cha
rter
, the
Sec
urity
Cou
ncil
has
43
the
auth
ority
to ta
ke m
ilita
ry a
ctio
n to
mai
ntai
n or
res
tore
in-
tern
atio
nal p
eace
and
sec
urity
. Whi
le s
uch
actio
n sh
ould
onl
ybe
take
n w
hen
all p
eace
ful m
eans
hav
e fa
iled,
the
optio
n of
taki
ng it
is e
ssen
tial t
o th
e cr
edib
ility
of
the
Uni
ted
Nat
ions
as a
gua
rant
or o
f in
tern
atio
nal s
ecur
ity. T
his
will
req
uire
brin
ging
into
bei
ng, t
hrou
gh n
egot
iatio
ns, t
he s
peci
al a
gree
-m
ents
for
esee
n in
Art
icle
43
of th
e C
hart
er, w
here
by M
embe
rSt
ates
und
erta
ke to
mak
e ar
med
for
ces,
ass
ista
nce
and
faci
li-tie
s av
aila
ble
to th
e Se
curi
ty C
ounc
il fo
r th
e pu
rpos
es s
tate
din
Art
icle
42,
not
onl
y on
an
ad h
oc b
asis
but
on
a pe
rman
ent
basi
s. I
hid
er th
e po
litic
al c
ircu
mst
ance
s th
at n
ow e
xist
for
the
firs
t tim
e si
nce
the
Cha
rter
was
ado
pted
, the
long
-sta
ndin
gob
stac
les
to th
e co
njus
ion
of s
uch
spec
ial a
gree
men
tssh
ould
no
long
er p
reva
il. T
he r
eady
ava
ilabi
lity
of a
rmed
forc
es o
n ca
ll co
uld
serv
e, in
itse
lf, a
s a
mea
ns o
f de
terr
ing
brea
ches
of
the
peac
e si
nce
a po
tent
ial a
ggre
ssor
wou
ld k
now
that
the
Cou
ncil
had
at it
s di
spos
al a
mea
ns o
f re
spon
se.
Forc
es u
nder
Art
icle
43
may
per
haps
nev
er b
e su
ffic
ient
lyla
rge
or w
ell e
noug
h eq
uipp
ed to
dea
l with
a th
reat
fro
m a
ma-
jor
arm
y eq
uipp
ed w
ith s
ophi
stic
ated
wea
pons
. The
y w
ould
be u
sefu
l, ho
wev
er, i
n m
eetin
g an
y th
reat
pos
ed b
y a
mili
tary
forc
e ()
fa le
sser
ord
er. I
rec
omm
end
that
the
Secu
rity
Cou
ncil
initi
ate
nego
tiatio
ns in
acc
orda
nce
with
Art
icle
43,
sup
-po
rted
by
the
Mili
tar
y St
aff
Com
mitt
ee, w
hich
may
be
aug-
men
ted
if n
eces
sary
by
othe
rs in
acc
orda
nce
with
Art
icle
47,
para
grap
h 2,
of
the
Cha
r te
r. I
t is
mv
view
that
the
role
of
the
Mili
tary
Sta
ff C
omm
ittee
sho
uld
be s
een
in th
e co
ntex
t of
Cha
pter
VII
, and
not
that
olth
e pl
anni
ng o
r co
nduc
t of
peac
e-ke
epin
g op
erat
ions
.
26A
n ag
enda
for
pea
ce
PEA
CE
-EN
FOR
CE
ME
NT
UN
ITS
44T
he m
issi
on o
f for
ces
unde
r A
rtic
le 4
3 w
ould
be
to r
e-sp
ond
to o
utrig
ht a
ggre
ssio
n, im
min
ent o
r ac
tual
. Suc
hfo
rces
are
not
like
ly to
be
avai
labl
e fo
r so
me
time
to c
ome.
Cea
se-f
ires
have
ofte
n be
en a
gree
d to
but
not
com
plie
d w
ith,
and
the
Uni
ted
Nat
ions
has
som
etim
es b
een
calle
d up
on to
send
forc
es to
.res
tore
and
mai
ntai
n th
e ce
ase-
fire.
Thi
s ta
skca
n on
occ
asio
n ex
ceed
the
mis
sion
of p
eace
-kee
ping
forc
esan
d th
e ex
pect
atio
ns o
f pea
ce-k
eepi
ng fo
rce
cont
ribut
ors.
Ire
com
men
d th
at th
e C
ounc
il co
nsid
er th
e ut
iliza
tion
ofpe
ace-
enfo
rcem
ent u
nits
in c
lear
ly d
efin
ed c
ircum
stan
ces
and
with
thei
r te
rms
of r
efer
ence
spe
ci li
ed in
adv
ance
. Suc
hun
its fr
om M
embe
r S
tate
s w
ould
be
avai
labl
e on
cal
l and
wou
ld c
onsi
st o
f tro
ops
that
hav
e vo
lunt
eere
d fo
r su
ch s
erv-
ice.
The
y w
ould
hav
e to
be
mor
e he
avily
arm
ed th
an p
eace
-ke
epin
g fo
rces
and
wou
ld n
eed
to u
nder
go e
xten
sive
pre
para
-to
ry tr
aini
ng w
ithin
thei
r na
tiona
l for
ces.
Dep
loym
ent a
ndop
erat
ion
of s
uch
forc
es w
ould
be
unde
r th
e au
thor
izat
ion
ofth
e S
ecur
ity C
ounc
il an
d w
ould
, as
in th
e ca
se o
f pea
ce-k
eep-
ing
forc
es, b
e un
der
the
com
man
d of
the
Sec
reta
ry-G
ener
al.
I con
side
r su
ch p
eace
-enf
orce
men
t uni
ts to
be
war
rant
ed a
s a
prov
isio
nal m
easu
re u
nder
Art
icle
40
of th
e C
hart
er. S
uch
peac
e-en
forc
emen
t uni
ts s
houl
d no
t bc
conf
used
with
the
forc
es th
at m
ay e
vent
ually
be
cons
titut
ed u
nder
Art
icle
43
tode
al w
ith a
cts
of a
ggre
ssio
n or
with
the
mili
tary
per
sonn
elw
hich
Gov
ernm
ents
may
agr
ee to
kee
p on
sta
nd-b
y fo
r po
ssi-
ble
cont
ribut
ion
to p
eace
-kee
ping
ope
ratio
ns.
4$Ju
st a
s di
plom
acy
will
con
tinue
acr
oss
the
span
of a
ll th
eac
tiviti
es d
ealt
with
in th
e pr
esen
t rep
ort,
so th
ere
may
not
be
a di
vidi
ng li
ne b
etw
een
peac
emak
ing
and
peac
e-ke
epin
g.P
eace
mak
ing
is o
ften
a pr
elud
e to
pea
ce-k
eepi
ngju
st a
s th
e
Peac
emak
ing
27
depl
oym
ent o
f a U
nite
d N
atio
ns p
rese
nce
in th
e fie
ld m
ay e
x-pa
nd p
ossi
bilit
ies
for
the
prev
entio
n of
con
flict
, fac
ilita
te th
ew
ork
of p
eace
mak
ing
and
in m
any
case
s se
rve
as a
pre
req-
uisi
te fo
r pe
ace-
build
ing.
V. P
eace
-kee
ping
46D
EA
CE
-KE
EPI
NG
can
rig
htly
be
calle
d th
e in
vent
ion
of th
er
Uni
ted
Nat
ions
. lt h
as b
roug
ht a
deg
ree
of s
tabi
lity
to n
u-m
erou
s ar
eas
of te
nsio
n ar
ound
the
wor
ld.
INC
RE
ASI
NG
DE
MA
ND
S
47T
hirt
een
peac
e-ke
epin
g op
erat
ions
wer
e es
tabl
ishe
d be
-tw
een
the
year
s 19
45 a
nd 1
987;
13
othe
rs s
ince
then
. An
esti-
mat
ed 5
28,0
00 m
ilita
ry, p
olic
e an
d ci
vilia
n pe
rson
nel h
adse
rved
und
er th
e fl
ag o
f th
e U
nite
d N
atio
ns u
ntil
Janu
ary
1992
. Ove
r 80
0 of
them
fro
m 4
3 co
untr
ies
have
die
d in
the
serv
ice
of th
e O
rgan
izat
ion.
The
cos
ts o
f th
ese
Ope
ratio
nsha
ve a
ggre
gate
d so
me
$8.3
bill
ion
till 1
992.
The
unp
aid
ar-
rear
s to
war
ds th
em s
tand
at o
ver
$800
mill
ion,
whi
ch r
epre
-se
nt a
deb
t ow
ed b
y th
c O
rgan
izat
ion
to th
e tr
oop-
cont
ribu
t-in
g co
untr
ies.
Pea
ce-k
eepi
ng o
pera
tions
app
rove
d at
pre
sent
are
estim
ated
to c
ost c
lose
to $
3 bi
llion
in th
e cu
rren
t 12-
mon
th p
erio
d, w
hile
pat
tern
s of
pay
men
t arc
una
ccep
tabl
ysl
ow. A
gain
st th
is, g
loba
l def
ence
exp
endi
ture
s at
the
end
ofth
e la
st d
ecad
e ha
d ap
proa
ched
$1
trill
ion
a ye
ar, o
r $2
mil-
lion
per
min
ute.
48T
he c
ontr
ast b
etw
een
the
cost
s of
t Ini
ted
Nat
ions
pea
ce-
keep
ing
and
the
cost
s of
the
alte
r na
tive,
war
--be
twee
n th
ede
man
ds o
f th
e O
rgan
izat
ion
and
the
mea
ns p
rovi
ded
to m
eet
I he
mw
ould
be
fan
cica
l wer
e th
e co
nseq
uenc
es n
ot s
o da
m-
agin
g to
glo
bal s
tabi
lity
and
to th
e cr
edib
ility
of
the
Org
ani-
zatio
n. A
t a ti
me
whe
n na
tions
and
peo
ples
incr
easi
ngly
are
Peac
e-ke
epin
g29
look
ing
to th
e U
nite
d N
atio
ns f
or a
ssis
tanc
e in
kee
ping
the
peac
eand
hol
ding
it r
espo
nsib
le w
hen
this
can
not b
e so
fund
amen
tal d
ecis
ions
mus
t be
take
n to
enh
ance
the
capa
city
of th
e O
rgan
izat
ion
in th
is in
nova
tive
and
prod
uctiv
e ex
er-
cise
of
its f
unct
ion.
1 a
m c
onsc
ious
that
the
pres
ent v
olum
ean
d un
pred
icta
bilit
y of
pea
ce-k
eepi
ng a
sses
smen
ts p
oses
real
pro
blem
s fo
r so
me
Mem
ber
Stat
es. F
or th
is r
easo
n, 1
stro
ngly
sup
port
pro
posa
ls in
som
e M
embe
r St
ates
for
thei
rpe
ace-
keep
ing
cont
ribu
tions
to b
e fi
nanc
ed f
rom
def
ence
,ra
ther
than
for
eign
aff
airs
, bud
gets
and
I r
ecom
men
d su
ch a
c-tio
n to
oth
ers.
I u
rge
the
Gen
eral
Ass
embl
y to
enc
oura
ge th
isap
proa
ch.
The
dem
ands
on
the
Inite
d N
atio
ns f
or p
eace
-kee
ping
,49
and
peac
e-bu
ildin
g, o
pera
tions
will
in th
e co
min
g ye
ars
con-
tinue
to c
halle
nge
the
capa
city
, the
pol
itica
l and
fin
anci
alw
ill a
nd th
e.cr
eativ
ity o
f th
e Se
cret
aria
t and
Mem
ber
Stat
es.
Lik
e th
e Se
curi
ty C
ounc
i1,1
wel
com
e th
e in
crea
se a
nd b
road
-en
ing
of th
e ta
sks
of p
e'ac
e-ke
epin
g, o
pera
tions
.
NE
W D
EPA
RT
UR
ES
IN P
FAC
E-K
EE
PIN
G
The
nat
ure
of p
eace
-kee
ping
ope
ratio
ns h
as e
volv
ed r
apid
ly.s
in r
ecen
t yea
rs. T
he e
stab
lishe
d pr
inci
ples
and
pra
ctic
es o
fpe
ace-
keep
ing
have
res
pond
ed f
lexi
bly
to n
ew d
eman
ds o
fre
cent
yea
rs, a
nd th
e ba
sic
cond
ition
s fo
r su
cces
s re
mai
n un
-ch
ange
d: a
cle
ar a
nd p
ract
icab
le m
anda
te; t
he c
oope
ratio
n of
the
part
ies
in im
plem
entin
g th
at m
anda
te; t
he c
ontin
uing
supp
ort o
f th
e Se
curi
ty C
ounc
il; th
c re
adin
ess
of M
embe
rSt
ates
to c
ontr
ibut
e th
e m
ilita
ry, p
olic
e an
d ci
vilia
n pe
rson
-ne
l, in
clud
ing
spec
ialis
ts, r
equi
red,
eff
ectiv
e Il
nite
d N
atio
nsco
mm
and
at I
lead
quai
tem
s a
nd in
the
fiel
d; a
nd a
dequ
ate
fi-
nanc
ial a
nd lo
gist
ic s
uppo
rt. A
s th
e in
tern
atio
nal c
limat
e ha
s
v
30A
n ag
enda
for
pea
ce
chan
ged
and
peac
e-ke
epin
g op
erat
ions
are
incr
easi
ngly
field
ed to
hel
p im
plem
ent s
ettle
men
ts th
at h
ave
been
neg
oti-
ated
by
peac
emak
ers,
ane
w a
rray
of d
eman
ds a
nd p
robl
ems
has
emer
ged
rega
rdin
g lo
gist
ics,
equ
ipm
ent,
pers
onne
l and
finan
ce, a
ll of
whi
ch c
ould
be
corr
ecte
d if
Mem
ber
Sta
tes
sow
ishe
d an
d w
ere
read
y to
mak
e th
e ne
cess
ary
reso
urce
sav
aila
ble.
PE
RS
ON
NE
L
5/M
embe
r S
tate
s ar
e ke
en to
par
ticip
ate
in p
eace
-kee
ping
op-
erat
ions
. Mili
tary
obs
erve
rs a
nd in
fant
ry a
rc in
varia
bly
avai
l-ab
le in
the
requ
ired
num
bers
, but
logi
stic
uni
ts p
rese
nt a
grea
ter
prob
lem
, as
few
arm
ies
can
affo
rd to
spa
re s
uch
units
for
an e
xten
ded
perio
d. M
embe
r S
tate
s w
ere
requ
este
d in
1990
to s
tate
wha
t mili
tary
per
sonn
el th
ey w
ere
in p
rinci
ple
prep
ared
to m
ake
avai
labl
e; fe
w r
eplie
d. I
reite
rate
the
re-
ques
t to
all M
embe
r S
tate
s to
rep
ly fr
ankl
y an
d pr
ompt
ly.
Sta
nd-b
y ar
rang
emen
ts s
houl
d be
con
firm
ed, a
s ap
prop
riate
,th
roug
h ex
chan
ges
of le
tters
bet
wee
n th
e S
ecre
taria
t and
Mem
ber
Sta
tes
conc
erni
ng th
e ki
nd a
nd n
umbe
r of
ski
lled
pers
onne
l the
y w
ill b
e pr
epar
ed to
offe
r th
e U
nite
d N
atio
ns a
sth
e ne
eds
of n
ew o
pera
tions
aris
e.52
Incr
easi
ngly
, pea
ce-k
eepi
ng r
equi
res
that
civ
ilian
pol
iti-
cal o
ffice
rs, h
uman
rig
hts
mon
itors
, ele
ctor
al o
ffici
als,
ref
u-ge
e an
d hu
man
itaria
n ai
d sp
ecia
lists
and
pol
ice
play
as
cent
ral a
rol
e as
the
mili
tary
. Pol
ice
pers
onne
l hav
e pr
oved
incr
easi
ngly
di f
ricul
t to
obta
in in
the
num
bers
req
uire
d. I
rec-
omm
end
that
arr
ange
men
ts b
e -r
evie
wed
and
impr
oved
for
trai
ning
pea
ce-k
eepi
ng p
erso
nnel
--ci
vilia
n, p
olic
e, o
r m
ili-
tary
usin
g th
e va
ried
capa
bilit
ies
of M
embe
r S
tate
Gov
ern-
men
ts, o
f non
-gov
ernm
enta
l org
aniz
atio
ns a
nd th
e fa
cilit
ies
r
Peac
e-ke
epin
g31
of th
e S
ecre
taria
t. A
s ef
fort
s go
forw
ard
to in
clud
e ad
ditio
nal
Sta
tes
as c
ontr
ibut
ors,
som
e S
tate
s w
ith c
onsi
dera
ble
pote
n-tia
l sho
uld
focu
s on
lang
uage
trai
ning
for
polic
e co
ntin
gent
sw
hich
may
ser
ve w
ith th
e O
rgan
izat
ion.
As
for
the
Uni
ted
Nat
ions
itse
lf, s
peci
al p
erso
nnel
pro
cedu
res,
incl
udin
g in
-ce
ntiv
es, s
houl
d be
inst
itute
d to
per
mit
the
rapi
d tr
ansf
er o
fS
ecre
taria
t sta
ff m
embe
rs to
ser
vice
with
pea
ce-k
eepi
ng o
p-er
atio
ns. T
he s
tren
gth
and
capa
bilit
y of
mili
tary
sta
ff se
rvin
gin
the
Sec
reta
riat s
houl
d be
aug
men
ted
to m
eet n
ew a
nd h
eav-
ier
requ
irem
ents
.
LOG
IST
ICS
Not
all
Gov
ernm
ents
can
pro
vide
thei
r ba
ttalio
ns w
ith th
eeq
uipm
ent t
hey
need
for
serv
ice
abro
ad. W
hile
som
e eq
uip-
men
t is
prov
ided
by
troo
p-co
ntrib
utin
g co
untr
ies,
a g
reat
dea
lha
s to
com
e fr
om th
e U
nite
d N
atio
ns, i
nclu
ding
equ
ipm
ent t
ofil
l gap
s in
und
er-e
quip
ped
natio
nal u
nits
. The
Uni
ted
Na-
tions
has
no
stan
ding
sto
ck o
f suc
h eq
uipm
ent.
Ord
ers
mus
tbe
pla
ced
with
man
ufac
ture
rs, w
hich
cre
ates
a n
umbe
r of
dif-
ficul
ties.
A p
re-p
ositi
oned
sto
ck o
f bas
ic p
eace
-kee
ping
equi
pmen
t sho
uld
be e
stab
lishe
d, s
o th
at a
t lea
st s
ome
vehi
-cl
es, c
omm
unic
atio
ns e
quip
men
t, ge
nera
tors
, etc
., w
ould
be
imm
edia
tely
ava
ilabl
e at
the
star
t of a
n op
erat
ion.
Alte
rna-
tivel
y, G
over
nmen
ts s
houl
d co
mm
it th
emse
lves
to k
eepi
ngce
rtai
n eq
uipm
ent,
spec
i fie
d by
the
Sec
reta
ry-G
ener
al, o
nst
and-
by fo
r im
med
iate
sal
e, lo
an o
r do
natio
n to
the
Uni
ted
Nat
ions
whe
n re
quire
d.M
embe
r S
tate
s in
a p
ositi
on to
do
so s
houl
d m
ake
air-
and
sea-
lift c
apac
ity a
vaila
ble
to th
e Iln
ited
Nat
ions
free
of
cost
or
at lo
wer
than
com
mer
cial
rat
es, a
s w
as th
e pr
actic
eun
til r
ecen
tly.
VI.
Pos
t-co
nflic
t pea
ce-b
uild
ing
pE
AC
EM
AK
ING
and
pea
ce-k
eepi
ng o
pera
tions
, to
be tr
uly
succ
essf
ul, m
ust c
ome
to in
clud
e co
mpr
ehen
sive
eff
orts
to id
entif
y an
d su
ppor
t str
uctu
res
whi
ch w
ill te
nd to
con
soli-
date
pea
ce a
nd a
dvan
ce a
sen
se o
f co
nfid
ence
and
wel
l-be
ing
amon
g pe
ople
. Thr
ough
agr
eem
ents
end
ing
civi
l str
ife,
thes
em
ay in
clud
e di
sarm
ing
the
prev
ious
ly w
arri
ng p
artie
s an
d th
ere
stor
atio
n of
ord
er, t
he c
usto
dy a
nd p
ossi
ble
dest
ruct
ion
ofw
eapo
ns, r
epat
riat
ing
refu
gees
, adv
isor
y an
d tr
aini
ng s
up-
port
for
sec
urity
per
sonn
el, m
onito
ring
ele
ctio
ns, a
dvan
cing
effo
rts
to p
rote
ct h
uman
rig
hts,
ref
orm
ing
or s
tren
gthe
ning
gove
rnm
enta
l ins
titut
ions
and
pro
mot
ing
form
al a
nd in
for-
mal
pro
cess
es o
f po
litic
al p
artic
ipat
ion.
In th
e af
term
ath
of in
tern
atio
nal w
ar, p
ost-
conf
lict
peac
e-bu
ildin
g m
ay ta
ke th
e fo
rm o
f co
ncre
te c
oope
rativ
epr
ojec
ts w
hich
link
two
or m
ore
coun
trie
s in
a m
utua
lly b
ene-
fici
al u
nder
taki
ng th
at c
an n
ot o
nly
cont
ribu
te to
eco
nom
ican
d so
cial
dev
elop
men
t but
als
o en
hanc
e th
e co
nfid
ence
that
i cso
fun
dam
enta
l to
peac
e.I
have
in m
ind,
for
exa
mpl
e,pr
ojec
ts th
at b
ring
Sta
tes
toge
ther
to d
evel
op a
gric
ultu
re,
i mpr
ove
nans
port
atto
n or
util
ize
reso
urce
s su
ch a
s w
ater
or
elec
tric
ity th
at th
ey n
eed
to s
hare
, or
join
t pro
gram
mes
thro
ugh
whi
ch b
arri
ers
betw
een
natio
ns a
re b
roug
ht d
own
bym
eans
of
free
r tr
avel
, cul
tura
l exc
hang
es a
nd m
utua
lly b
ene-
fici
alou
th a
nd e
duca
tiona
l pro
ject
s. R
educ
ing
host
ile p
er-
cept
ions
thro
ugh
educ
atio
nal e
xcha
nges
and
cur
ricu
lurn
re-
lorm
may
be
esse
ntia
l to
fore
stal
l a r
e-em
erge
nce
of c
ultu
ral
aml n
atio
nal t
ensi
ons
whi
ch c
ould
spa
t!: r
enew
ed h
ostil
ities
.
12
Pos
t-co
irflic
t33
.
In s
urve
ying
thc
rang
e of
eff
orts
for
pea
ce, t
he c
once
pt5
7
of p
eace
-bui
ldin
g as
the
cons
truc
tion
of a
new
env
iron
men
tsh
ould
be
view
ed a
s th
e co
unte
rpar
t of
prev
entiv
e di
plom
acy,
whi
ch s
eeks
to a
void
the
brea
kdow
n of
pea
cefu
l con
ditio
ns.
Whe
n co
nflic
t bre
aks
out,
mut
ually
rei
nfor
cing
eff
orts
at
peac
emak
ing
and
peac
e-ke
epin
g co
me
into
pla
y. O
nce
thes
eha
ve a
chie
ved
thei
r ob
ject
ives
, onl
y su
stai
ned,
coo
pera
tive
wor
k to
dea
l with
und
erly
ing
econ
omic
, soc
ial,
cultu
ral a
ndhu
man
itari
an p
robl
ems
can
plac
e an
ach
ieve
d pe
ace
on a
du-
rabl
e fo
unda
tion.
Pre
vent
ive
dipl
omac
y is
to a
void
a c
risi
s:po
st-c
onfl
ict p
eace
-bui
ldin
g is
to p
reve
nt a
rec
urre
nce.
Incr
easi
ngly
it is
evi
dent
that
pea
ce-b
uild
ing
alte
r ci
vil
or in
tern
atio
nal s
trif
e m
ust a
ddre
ss th
e se
riou
s pr
oble
m o
fla
nd m
ines
, man
y te
ns o
f m
illio
ns o
f w
hich
rem
ain
scat
tere
din
pre
sent
or
form
e; ,:
omba
t zon
es. D
e-m
inin
g sh
ould
be
em-
phas
ized
in th
e te
rms
of r
efer
ence
of
peac
e-ke
epin
g op
era-
tions
and
is c
ruci
ally
impo
rtan
t in
the
rest
orat
ion
of a
ctiv
ityw
hen
peac
e-bu
ildin
g is
und
er w
ay: a
gric
ultu
re c
anno
t be
re-
vive
d w
ithou
t de-
min
ing
and
the
rest
orat
ion
of tr
ansp
ort m
av
requ
ire
the
layi
ng o
f ha
rd s
urfa
ce r
oads
to p
reve
nt r
e-m
inin
g.In
suc
h in
stan
ces,
the
link
beco
mes
evi
dent
bet
wee
n pe
ace-
keep
ing
and
peac
e-bu
ildin
g. J
ust a
s de
mili
tari
zed
zone
s m
ayse
rve
the
caus
e of
pre
vent
ive
dipl
omac
y an
d pr
even
tive
de-
ploy
men
t to
avoi
d co
nflic
t, so
may
dem
ilita
riza
tion
assi
st in
keep
ing
the
peac
e or
in p
ost-
conf
lict p
eace
-bui
ldin
g, a
s a
mea
sure
for
hei
ghte
ning
the
sens
e of
sec
urity
and
enc
oura
g-in
g th
e pa
rtie
s to
turn
thei
r en
ergi
es to
the
wor
k of
pea
cefu
lre
stor
atio
n of
thei
r so
ciet
ies.
The
re is
a n
ew r
equi
rem
ent f
or te
chni
cal a
ssis
tanc
ew
hich
the
llnite
d N
atio
ns h
as a
n ob
ligat
ion
to d
evel
op a
ndpr
ovid
e w
hen
requ
este
d: s
uppo
rt f
or th
e tr
ansf
orm
atio
n of
defi
cien
t nat
iona
l str
uctu
res
and
capa
bilit
ies,
and
for
the
5 ,5 5
9
34A
n ag
enda
for
pea
ce
stre
ngth
enin
g of
ncw
dem
ocra
tic in
stitu
tions
. The
aut
horit
yof
the
Uni
ted
Nat
ions
sys
tem
to a
ct in
this
fiel
d w
ould
res
t on
the
cons
ensu
s th
at s
ocia
l pea
ce is
as
impo
rtan
t as
stra
tegi
c or
polit
ical
pea
ce. T
here
an o
bvio
us c
onne
ctio
n be
twee
nde
moc
ratic
pra
ctic
essu
ch a
s th
e ru
le o
f law
and
tran
spar
-en
cy in
dec
isio
n-m
akin
gand
the
achi
evem
ent o
f tru
e pe
ace
and
secu
rity
in a
ny n
ew a
nd s
tabl
e po
litic
al o
rder
. The
se e
le-
men
ts o
f goo
d go
vern
ance
nee
d to
be
prom
oted
at a
ll le
vels
of in
tern
atio
nal a
nd n
atio
nal p
oliti
cal c
omm
uniti
es.
VII
. Coo
pera
tion
with
reg
iona
lar
rang
emen
ts a
nd o
rgan
izat
ions
TIIE
CO
VE
NA
NT
of t
he L
eagu
e of
Nat
ions
, in
its A
rtic
le60
21, n
oted
the
valid
ity o
f reg
iona
l und
erst
andi
ngs
for
se-
curin
g th
e m
aint
enan
ce o
f pea
ce. h
e C
hart
er d
evot
es C
hap-
ter
VI /
I to
regi
onal
arr
ange
men
ts o
r ag
enci
es fo
r de
alin
g w
ithsu
ch m
atte
rs r
elat
ing
to th
e m
aint
enan
ce o
f int
erna
tiona
lpe
ace
and
secu
rity
as a
re a
ppro
pria
te fo
r re
gion
al a
ctio
n an
dco
nsis
tent
with
the
Pur
pose
s an
d P
rinci
ples
of t
he U
nite
d N
a-tio
ns. T
he c
old
war
impa
ired
the
prop
er u
se o
f Cha
pter
VIII
and
inde
ed, i
n th
at e
ra, r
egio
nal a
rran
gem
ents
wor
ked
on o
c-ca
sion
aga
inst
res
olvi
ng d
ispu
tes
in th
e m
anne
r fo
rese
en in
the
Cha
rter
.
The
Cha
rter
del
iber
atel
y pr
ovid
es n
o pr
ecis
e de
finiti
on61
of r
egio
nal a
rran
gem
ents
and
age
ncie
s, th
us a
llow
ing
usef
ulfle
xibi
lity
for
unde
rtak
ings
by
a gr
oup
of S
tate
s to
dea
l with
a m
atte
r ap
prop
riate
for
regi
onal
act
ion
whi
ch a
lso
coul
dco
ntrib
ute
to th
e m
aint
enan
ce o
f int
erna
tiona
l pea
ce a
nd s
e-cu
rity.
Suc
h as
soci
atio
ns o
r en
titie
s co
uld
incl
ude
trea
ty-
base
d or
gani
zatio
ns, w
heth
er c
reat
ed b
efor
e or
afte
r th
efo
undi
ng o
f the
Uni
ted
Nat
ions
, reg
iona
l org
aniz
atio
ns fo
rm
utua
l sec
urity
and
def
ence
, org
aniz
atio
ns fo
r ge
nera
l re-
gion
al d
evel
opm
ent o
r fo
r co
oper
atio
n on
a p
artic
ular
eco-
nom
ic to
pic
or fu
nctio
n, a
nd g
roup
s cr
eate
d to
dea
l with
a
spec
i ftc
pol
itica
l, ec
onom
ic o
r so
cial
issu
e of
cur
rent
con-
cern
. In th
is r
egar
d, th
e U
nite
d N
atio
ns h
as r
ecen
tly e
ncou
r-62
aged
a r
ich
varie
ty o
f com
plem
enta
ry e
ffort
s. J
ust a
sno
two
regi
ons
or s
ituat
ions
are
the
sam
e, s
o th
e de
sign
of c
oope
ra-
6? (.1
16A
n ag
enda
fir
pea
ceR
egio
nal a
rran
gem
ents
and
org
ani:a
tions
17
tive
wor
k an
d its
div
isio
n of
labo
ur m
ust a
dapt
to th
e re
aliti
esof
eac
h ca
se w
ith f
lexi
bilit
y an
d cr
eativ
ity. I
n A
fric
a, th
ree
diff
eren
t reg
iona
l gro
upst
he O
rgan
izat
ion
of A
fric
ant I
nky,
the
Lea
gue
of A
rab
Stat
es a
nd th
c O
rgan
izat
ion
of th
eIs
lam
ic C
onfe
renc
ejoi
ned
effo
rts
with
the
Uni
ted
Nat
ions
rega
rdin
g So
mal
ia. I
n th
e A
sian
con
text
, the
Ass
ocia
tion
ofSo
uth-
Eas
t Asi
an N
atio
ns a
nd in
divi
dual
Sta
tes
from
sev
eral
regi
ons
wer
e br
ough
t tog
ethe
r w
ith th
c pa
rtie
s to
the
Cam
bo-
dian
con
flic
t at a
n in
tern
atio
nal c
onfe
renc
e in
Par
is, t
o w
ork
with
the
Uni
ted
Nat
ions
. For
El S
alva
dor,
a u
niqu
e ar
rang
e-m
ent-
-"
Ihe
Frie
nds
of th
e Se
cret
ary-
Gen
eral
"con
trib
-to
ed to
agr
eem
ents
rea
ched
thro
ugh
the
med
iatio
n of
the
Seer
eta
rie
nera
l. T
he e
nd o
f th
e w
ar in
Nic
arag
ua in
volv
eda
high
ly c
ompl
ex e
ffor
t whi
ch w
asin
itiat
ed b
y le
ader
s of
the
regi
on a
nd c
ondu
cted
by
indi
vidu
al S
tate
s, g
roup
sof
Sta
tes
and
the
Org
aniz
mio
n of
Am
eric
an S
tate
s. E
ffor
ts u
nder
take
nby
the
Eur
opea
n C
omm
unity
and
its
mem
ber
Stat
es, w
ith th
esu
ppor
t of
Sta
tes
part
icip
atin
g in
the
Con
fere
nce
onSe
curi
tyan
d C
oope
ratio
n in
Eur
ope,
hav
e be
en o
f ce
ntra
l im
port
ance
in d
tnlin
g w
ith th
e cr
isis
in th
e B
alka
nsan
d ne
ighb
ouri
ng
in th
e pa
st, r
egio
nal a
rran
gem
ents
oft
en w
ere
crea
ted
be-
cailt
ie o
f th
e ab
senc
e of
a u
nive
rsal
sys
tem
for
colle
ctiv
e,s
ecur
ity, t
hus
thei
r ac
tiviti
es c
ould
on
occa
sion
wor
k at
cros
s-pu
rpos
es w
ith th
e se
nse
of s
olid
arity
requ
ired
fbr
the
ef f
ectiv
enes
s of
the
wor
ld O
rgan
izat
ion.
I3u
t in
this
new
era
ol o
ppor
tuni
ty, r
egio
nal a
rran
gem
ents
or
agen
cies
can
rend
er
grea
t ser
vice
if th
eir
activ
ities
are
und
erta
ken
in a
man
ner
cons
iste
nt w
ith th
e Pu
rpos
es a
nd P
rinc
iple
s of
the
Cha
rter
,
and
I th
eir
rela
tions
hip
with
the
Uni
ted
Nat
ions
, and
part
icu-
lar
ly th
e Se
curi
ty C
ounc
il, is
gov
erne
d by
Cha
pter
VII
I.It
is n
ot th
e !i
mpo
se o
f th
e pr
esen
t rep
ort t
o se
t for
th a
ny
----
-___
form
al p
atte
rn o
f re
latio
nshi
p be
twee
n re
gion
al o
rgan
iza-
tions
and
the
Uni
ted
Nat
ions
, or
to c
all f
or a
ny s
ped
fie
divi
-si
on o
f la
bour
. Wha
t is
clea
r, h
owev
er, i
s th
at r
egio
nal a
r-ra
ngem
ents
or
agen
cies
in m
any
case
s po
sses
s a
pote
ntia
lth
at s
houl
d be
util
ized
in s
ervi
ng th
e fu
nctio
ns c
over
ed in
this
repo
rt: p
reve
ntiv
e di
plom
acy,
pea
ce-k
eepi
ng, p
eace
mak
ing
and
post
-con
flic
t pea
ce-b
uild
ing.
Und
er th
e C
hart
er, t
he S
e-cu
rity
Cou
ncil
has
and
will
con
tinue
to h
ave
prim
ary
resp
on-
sibi
lity
for
mai
ntai
ning
inte
rnat
iona
l pea
ce a
nd s
ecur
ity, b
utre
gion
al a
ctio
n as
a m
atte
r of
dec
entr
aliz
atio
n, d
eleg
atio
nan
d co
oper
atio
n w
ith U
nite
d N
atio
ns e
ffor
ts c
ould
not
onl
ylig
hten
the
burd
en o
f th
e C
ounc
il bu
t als
o co
ntri
bute
to a
deep
er s
ense
of
part
icip
atio
n, c
onse
nsus
and
dem
ocra
tiza-
tion
in in
tern
atio
nal a
ffai
rs.
Reg
iona
l arr
ange
men
ts a
nd a
genc
ies
have
not
in r
ecen
t65
deca
des
been
con
side
red
in th
is li
ght,
even
whe
n or
igin
ally
desi
gned
in p
art f
or a
rol
e in
mai
ntai
ning
or
rest
orin
g pe
ace
with
in th
eir
regi
ons
of th
e w
orld
. 1 o
day
a ne
w s
ense
exi
sts
that
they
hav
e co
ntri
butio
ns to
mak
e. C
onsu
ltatio
ns b
etw
een
the
Uni
ted
Nat
ions
and
reg
iona
l at r
ange
men
ts o
r ag
enci
esco
uld
do m
uch
to b
uild
inte
rnat
iona
l con
sens
us o
n th
e na
ture
of a
pro
blem
and
the
mea
sure
s re
quir
ed to
add
ress
it. R
e-gi
onal
org
aniz
atio
ns p
artic
ipat
ing
in c
ompl
emen
tary
eff
orts
with
the
I ln
ited
Nat
ions
in jo
int u
nder
taki
ngs
wou
ld e
ncou
r-ag
e St
ates
out
side
the
regi
on to
act
sup
port
ivel
y. A
nd s
houl
dth
e Se
curi
ty C
ounc
il ch
oose
spe
cifi
cally
to a
utho
rize
a r
e-gi
onal
arr
ange
men
t or
orga
niza
tion
to ta
ke th
e le
ad in
ad-
dres
sing
a c
risi
s w
ithin
its
regi
on, i
t cou
ld s
erve
to le
nd th
ew
eigh
t of
the
I tin
ted
Nat
ions
to th
e va
lidity
olth
e re
gion
al e
f-fo
rt. c
arri
ed f
orw
ard
in th
e sp
irit
of th
e C
hart
er, a
nd a
s en
vi-
sion
ed in
Cha
pter
VII
I, th
e ap
proa
ch o
utlin
ed h
ere
coul
dst
reng
then
a g
ener
al s
ense
that
dem
ocra
tizat
ion
is b
eing
en-
.4.
1
38A
n ag
enda
for
peac
e
cour
aged
at a
ll le
vels
in th
e ta
sk o
f m
aint
aini
ng in
tern
atio
nal
peac
e an
d se
curi
ty, i
t bei
ng e
ssen
tial t
o co
ntin
ue to
rec
ogni
zeth
at th
e pr
imar
y re
spon
sibi
lity
will
con
tinue
to r
esid
e in
the
Secu
rity
Cou
ncil.
VII
I. S
afet
y of
per
sonn
el
WH
EN
Uni
ted
Nat
ions
per
sonn
el a
re d
eplo
yed
in c
ondi
-66
lions
of
stri
fe, w
heth
er f
or p
reve
ntiv
e di
plom
acy,
peac
emak
ing,
pea
ce-k
eepi
ng, p
eace
-bui
ldin
g or
hum
anita
r-ia
n pu
rpos
es, t
he n
eed
aris
es to
ens
ure
thei
r sa
fety
. The
re h
asbe
en a
n un
cons
cion
able
incr
ease
in th
e nu
mbe
r of
fat
aliti
es.
Follo
win
g th
c co
nclu
sion
of
a ce
ase-
fire
and
in o
rder
to p
re-
vent
fur
ther
out
brea
ks o
f vi
olen
ce, U
nite
d N
atio
ns g
uard
sw
ere
calle
d up
on to
ass
ist i
n vo
latil
e co
nditi
ons
in I
raq.
The
irpr
esen
ce a
ffor
ded
a m
easu
re o
f se
curi
ty to
Uni
ted
Nat
ions
pers
onne
l and
sup
plie
s an
d, in
add
ition
, int
rodu
ced
an .c
le-
men
t of
reas
sura
nce
and
stab
ility
that
hel
ped
to p
reve
nt r
e-ne
wed
con
flic
t. D
epen
ding
upo
n th
e na
ture
of
the
situ
atio
n,di
ffer
ent c
onfi
gura
tions
and
com
posi
tions
of
secu
rity
de-
ploy
men
ts w
ill n
eed
tO b
e co
nsid
ered
. As
the
vari
ety
and
scal
e of
thre
at w
iden
s, in
nova
tive
mea
sure
s w
ill b
e re
quir
edto
dea
l with
the
dang
ers
faci
ng U
nite
d N
atio
ns p
erso
nnel
.E
xper
ienc
e ha
s de
mon
stra
ted
that
the
pres
ence
of
a67
Uni
ted
Nat
ions
ope
ratio
n ha
s no
t alw
ays
been
suf
fici
ent t
ode
ter
host
ile a
ctio
n. D
uty
in a
reas
of
dang
er c
an n
ever
be
risk
-fr
ee; U
nite
d N
atio
ns p
erso
nnel
mus
t exp
ect t
o go
in h
arm
'sw
ay a
t tim
es. T
he c
oura
ge, c
omm
itmen
t and
idea
lism
sho
wn
by U
nite
d N
atio
ns p
erso
nnel
sho
uld
be r
espe
cted
by
the
en-
tire
inte
rnat
iona
l com
mun
ity. T
hese
men
and
wom
en d
eser
veto
be
prop
erly
rec
ogni
zed
and
rew
arde
d fo
r th
e pe
rilo
us ta
sks
they
und
erta
ke. T
heir
inte
rest
s an
d th
ose
of th
eir
fam
ilies
mus
t be
give
n du
e re
gard
and
pro
tect
ed.
40A
n ag
enda
for
pea
ce
68G
iven
the
pres
sing
nee
d to
affo
rd a
dequ
ate
prot
ectio
n to
Uni
ted
Nat
ions
per
sonn
el e
ngag
ed in
life
-end
ange
ring
cir-
cum
stan
ces,
I re
com
men
d th
at th
e S
ecur
ity C
ounc
il, u
nles
s it
elec
ts im
med
iate
ly to
with
draw
the.
Uni
ted
Nat
ions
pre
senc
ein
ord
er to
pre
serv
e th
e cr
edib
ility
of t
he O
rgan
izat
ion,
grav
ely
cons
ider
wha
t act
ion
shou
ld b
e ta
ken
tow
ards
thos
ew
ho p
ut U
nite
d N
atio
ns p
erso
nnel
in d
ange
r. B
efor
e de
ploy
-m
ent t
akes
pla
ce, t
he C
ounc
il sh
ould
kee
p op
en th
e op
tion
ofco
nsid
erin
g in
adv
ance
col
lect
ive
mea
sure
s, p
ossi
bly
incl
ud-
ing
thos
e un
der
Cha
pter
VII
whe
n a
thre
at to
inte
rnat
iona
lpe
ace
and
secu
rity
is a
lso
invo
lved
, to
com
e in
to e
ffect
sho
uld
the
purp
ose
of th
e I h
ilted
Nat
ions
ope
ratio
n sy
stem
atic
ally
be fr
ustr
ated
and
hos
tiliti
es o
ccur
.
IX. F
inan
cing
AC
HA
SM
has
dev
elop
ed b
etw
een
the
task
s en
trus
ted
to69
this
Org
aniz
atio
n an
d th
e fin
anci
al m
eans
pro
vide
d to
it.
The
trut
h of
the
mat
ter
is th
at o
ur v
isio
n ca
nnot
rea
lly e
xten
dto
the
pros
pect
ope
ning
bef
ore
us a
s lo
ng a
s ou
r fin
anci
ng r
e-m
ains
myo
pic.
The
re a
rc tw
o m
ain
area
s of
con
cern
: the
abi
l-ity
of t
he O
rgan
izat
ion
to fu
nctio
n O
ver
the
long
er te
rm: a
ndim
med
iate
req
uire
men
ts to
res
pond
to a
cris
is.
To
rem
edy
the
finan
cial
situ
atio
n of
the
Uni
ted
Nat
ions
in a
ll its
asp
ects
, my
dist
ingu
ishe
d pr
edec
esso
r re
peat
edly
drew
the
atte
ntio
n of
Mem
ber
Sta
tes
to th
e in
crea
sing
ly im
-po
ssib
le s
ituat
ion
that
has
aris
en a
nd, d
urin
g th
e fo
rty-
sixt
hse
ssio
n of
the
Gen
eral
Ass
embl
y, m
ade
a nu
mbe
r of
prop
os-
als.
Tho
se p
ropo
sals
whi
ch r
emai
n be
fore
the
Ass
embl
y, a
ndw
ith w
hich
I am
in b
road
agr
eem
ent,
are
the
follo
win
g:
Prop
osal
one
.T
his
sugg
este
d th
e ad
optio
n of
a s
et o
fm
easu
res
to d
eal w
ith th
e ca
sh fl
ow p
robl
ems
caus
ed b
yth
e ex
cept
iona
lly h
igh
leve
l of u
npai
d co
ntrib
utio
nsas
wel
l as
with
the
prob
lem
of i
nade
quat
e w
orki
ng c
apita
lre
serv
es:
(a)
Cha
rgin
g in
tere
st o
n th
e am
ount
s of
asse
ssed
con
tri-
butio
ns th
at a
re n
ot p
aid
on ti
me,
Sus
pend
ing
cert
ain
finan
cial
reg
ulat
ions
ut.
the
Uni
ted
Nat
ions
to p
erm
it th
e re
tent
ion
of b
udge
tary
surp
luse
s;(c
)In
crea
sing
the
Wor
king
Cap
ital F
und
toa
leve
l of
$250
mill
ion
and
endo
rsin
g th
e pr
inci
ple
that
the
4 1
1(-4.
;
42A
n ag
enda
for
pea
ce
leve
l of
the
Fund
sho
uld
be a
ppro
xim
atel
y 25
per
cent
of
the
annu
al a
sses
smen
t und
er th
e re
gula
rbu
dget
;(d
) E
stab
lishm
ent o
f a
tem
pora
ry P
eace
-kee
ping
Re-
serv
e Fu
nd, a
t a le
vel o
f $5
0 m
illio
n, to
mee
tin
itial
expe
nses
of
peac
e-ke
epin
g op
erat
ions
pend
ing
re-
ceip
t of
asse
ssed
con
trib
utio
ns;
(e)
Aut
hori
zatio
n to
the
Secr
etar
y-G
ener
al to
bor
row
com
mer
cial
ly, s
houl
d ot
her
sour
ces
of c
ash
be in
-ad
equa
te.
Prop
osal
two.
Thi
s su
gges
ted
the
crea
tion
of a
I lu
man
i-ta
rian
Rev
olvi
ng F
und
in th
e or
der
of $
50 m
illio
n, to
be
used
in e
mer
genc
y hu
man
itari
an s
ituat
ions
. The
pro
-po
sal h
as s
ince
bee
n im
plem
ente
d.
Prop
osal
thre
e. T
his
sugg
este
d th
e es
tabl
ishm
ent o
f a
Inite
d N
atio
ns P
eace
End
owm
ent F
und,
with
an
initi
alta
rget
orS
1 bi
llion
. The
Fun
d w
ould
be
crea
ted
by a
com
-bi
natio
n of
ass
esse
d an
d vo
lunt
ary
cont
ribu
tions
,w
ith
the
latte
r be
ing
soug
ht f
rom
Gov
ernm
ents
, the
pri
vate
sect
or a
s w
ell a
s in
divi
dual
s. O
nce
the
Fund
rea
ched
its
targ
et le
vel,
the
proc
eeds
fro
m th
e in
vest
men
tof
its p
rin-
cipa
l wou
ld b
e us
ed to
fin
ance
the
initi
al c
osts
ofa
utho
r-
iied
peac
e-ke
epin
g op
erat
ions
, oth
er c
onfl
ict r
esol
utio
nm
easu
res
and
rela
ted
activ
ities
.
In a
dditi
on to
thes
e pi
opo
sals
, oth
ers
have
bee
nad
ded
in
rece
nt m
onth
s in
the
cour
se o
f pu
blic
dis
cuss
ion.
The
se id
eas
incl
ude:
a le
vy o
n ar
ms
sale
s th
at c
ould
be
rela
ted
tom
ain-
tain
ing
an A
rms
Reg
iste
r by
the
llnite
d N
atio
ns; a
levy
on
in-
tern
atio
nal a
ir tr
avel
, whi
ch is
dep
ende
nt o
n th
em
aint
enan
ceof
pea
ce; a
utho
i iia
tion
for
the
1 ln
itt d
Nat
ions
to b
orro
w
Fina
ncin
g43
from
the
Wor
ld B
ank
and
the
Inte
rnat
iona
l Mon
etar
y Fu
ndfo
r pe
ace
and
deve
lopm
ent a
re in
terd
epen
dent
; gen
eral
tax
exem
ptio
n fo
r co
ntri
butio
ns m
ade
to th
e U
nite
d N
atio
ns b
yfo
unda
tions
, bus
ines
ses
and
indi
vidu
als;
and
cha
nges
in th
efo
rmul
a fo
r ca
lcul
atin
g th
e sc
ale
of a
sses
smen
ts f
or p
eace
-ke
epin
g op
erat
ions
.A
s su
ch id
eas
are
deba
ted,
a s
tark
fac
t rem
ains
: the
fi-
7 2
nanc
ial f
ound
atio
ns o
f th
e O
rgan
izat
ion
daily
gro
w w
eake
r,de
bilit
atin
g its
pol
itica
l will
and
pra
ctic
al c
apac
ity -
to u
nder
-ta
ke n
ew a
nd e
ssen
tial a
ctiv
ities
. Thi
s st
ate
of a
ffai
rs m
ust n
otco
ntin
ue. W
hate
ver
deci
sion
s ar
c ta
ken
on f
inan
cing
the
Or-
gani
zatio
n, th
ere
is o
ne in
esca
pabl
e ne
cess
ity: M
embe
rSt
ates
mus
t pay
thei
r as
sess
ed c
ontr
ibut
ions
in f
ull a
nd o
ntim
e. F
ailu
re to
do
so p
uts
them
in b
reac
h of
thei
r ob
ligat
ions
unde
r th
e C
hart
er.
In th
ese
circ
umst
ance
s an
d on
the
assu
mpt
ion
that
Mem
-be
r St
ates
will
be
read
y to
fin
ance
ope
ratio
ns f
or p
eace
in a
man
ner
com
men
sura
te w
ith th
eir
pres
ent,
and
wel
com
e,re
adin
ess
to e
stab
lish
them
, I r
ecom
men
d th
e fo
llow
ing:
(a)
Imm
edia
te e
stab
lishm
ent o
f a
revo
lvin
g pe
ace-
keep
ing
rese
rve
fund
of
$50
mill
ion;
(b)
Agr
eem
ent t
hat o
ne th
iRi o
f th
e es
timat
ed c
ost o
fea
ch n
ew p
eace
-kee
ping
ope
ratio
n be
app
ropr
iate
dby
the
Gen
eral
Ass
embl
y as
soo
n as
the
Secu
rity
Cou
ncil
deci
des
to e
stab
lish
the
oper
atio
n; th
isw
ould
giv
e th
e Se
cret
ary-
Gen
eral
the
nece
ssar
yco
mm
itmen
t aut
hori
ty a
nd a
ssur
e an
ade
quat
e ca
shfl
ow; t
he b
alan
ce o
f th
e co
sts
wou
l(i b
e ap
prop
riat
edaf
ter
the
Gen
eral
Ass
embl
y ap
prov
ed th
e op
ei a
-tio
n's
budg
et;
(c)
Ack
now
ledg
emen
t by
Mem
ber
Stat
es th
at, u
nder
exce
ptio
nal c
iicum
slan
ces,
pol
itica
l and
()p
m-
73
44A
n ag
enda
for
pea
ce
tiona
l con
side
ratio
ns m
ay m
ake
it ne
cess
ary
for
the
Sec
reta
ry-G
ener
al to
em
ploy
his
aut
horit
y to
pla
ceco
ntra
cts
with
out c
ornp
etiti
ve b
iddi
ng.
74M
embe
r S
tate
s w
ish
the
Org
aniz
atio
n to
be
man
aged
with
the
utm
ost e
ffici
ency
and
car
e. I
am in
full
acco
rd. I
hav
eta
ken
impo
rtan
t ste
ps to
str
eam
line
the
Sec
reta
riat i
n or
der
toav
oid
dupl
icat
ion
and
over
lap
whi
le in
crea
sing
its
prod
uctiv
-ity
. Add
ition
al c
hang
es a
nd im
prov
emen
ts w
ill ta
ke p
lace
. As
rega
rds
the
Uni
ted
Nat
ions
sys
tem
mor
e w
idel
y, I
cont
inue
tore
view
the
situ
atio
n in
con
sulta
tion
with
my
colle
ague
s in
the
Adm
inis
trat
ive
Com
mitt
ee o
n C
oord
inat
ion.
The
que
stio
n of
assu
ring
finan
cial
sec
urity
to th
e O
rgan
izat
ion
over
the
long
term
is o
f suc
h im
port
ance
and
com
plex
ity th
atpu
blic
aw
are-
ness
and
sup
port
imis
t be
heig
hten
ed.
I hav
e th
eref
ore
aske
d
a se
lect
gro
up o
f qua
lifie
d pe
rson
sof
hig
h in
tern
atio
nal r
e-pu
te to
exa
min
e th
is e
ntire
sub
ject
and
to r
epor
t to
me.
I in-
tend
to p
rese
nt th
eir
advi
ce, t
oget
her
with
my
com
men
ts, f
orth
e co
nsid
erat
ion
of th
e G
ener
al A
ssem
bly,
in fu
llre
cogn
i-
tion
of th
e sp
ecia
l res
pons
ibili
ty th
at th
eA
ssem
bly
has,
und
er
the
Cha
rter
, for
fina
ncia
l and
bud
geta
ry m
atte
rs.
X. A
n ag
enda
for
pea
ce
TH
E N
AT
ION
S a
nd p
eopl
es o
f the
Uni
ted
Nat
ions
are
for-
75
tuna
te in
a w
ay th
at th
ose
of th
e Le
ague
of N
atio
ns w
ere
not.
We
have
bee
n gi
ven
a se
cond
cha
nce
to c
reat
e th
e w
orld
of o
ur C
hart
er th
at th
ey w
ere
deni
ed. W
ith th
e co
ld w
ar e
nded
we
have
dra
wn
back
from
the
brin
k of
a c
onfr
onta
tion
that
thre
atcn
ed th
e w
orld
and
, too
ofte
n, p
aral
ysed
our
Org
aniz
a-tio
n.E
ven
as w
e ce
lebr
ate
our
rest
ored
pos
sibi
litie
s, th
ere
is a
76
need
to e
nsur
c th
at th
e le
sson
s of
the
past
four
dec
ades
are
lear
ned
and
that
thc
erro
rs, o
r va
riatio
ns o
f the
m, a
re n
ot r
e-pe
ated
. For
ther
e m
ay n
ot b
e a
third
opp
ortu
nity
for
our
plan
etw
hich
, now
for
diffe
rent
rea
sons
, rem
ains
end
ange
red.
The
task
s ah
ead
mus
t eng
age
the
ener
gy a
nd a
ttent
ion
of77
all c
ompo
nent
s of
the
Uni
ted
Nat
ions
sys
tem
the
Gen
et a
lA
ssem
bly
and
othe
r pr
inci
pal o
rgan
s, th
e ag
enci
es a
nd p
ro-
gram
mes
. Eac
h ha
s, in
a b
alan
ced
sche
me
of th
ings
, a r
ole
and
a re
spon
sibi
lity.
Nev
er a
gain
mus
t the
Sec
urity
Cou
ncil
lose
the
colle
gi-
78
ality
that
is e
ssen
tial t
o its
pro
per
func
tioni
ng, a
n at
trib
ute
that
it h
as g
aine
d al
ter
such
tria
l. A
gen
uine
sen
se o
f con
sen-
sus
deriv
ing
from
sha
red
inte
rest
s m
ust g
over
n its
wor
k, n
otth
e th
reat
of t
he v
eto
or th
e po
wer
of a
ny g
roup
of n
atio
ns.
And
it fo
llow
s th
at a
gree
men
t am
ong
the
perm
anen
t mem
-he
rs m
ust h
ave
the
deep
er s
uppo
rt o
f the
oth
er m
embe
rs o
fth
e C
ounc
il, a
nd th
e m
embe
rshi
p in
ure
wid
ely,
if th
cs
deci
sion
s ai
e to
be
e ffe
ctiv
e an
d en
dure
.
451_
3 2
46A
n ag
enda
for
pea
ceA
n ag
enda
.for
pea
ce47
79T
he S
umm
it M
eetin
g of
the
Secu
rity
Cou
ncil
of 3
1 Ja
nu-
ary
1992
pro
vide
d a
uniq
ue f
orum
for
exc
hang
ing
view
s an
dst
reng
then
ing
coop
erat
ion.
I r
ecom
men
d th
at th
e H
eads
of
Stat
e an
d G
over
nmen
t of
the
mem
bers
of
the
Cou
ncil
mee
t in
alte
rnat
e ye
ars,
just
bef
ore
the
gene
ral d
ebat
e co
mm
ence
s in
the
Gen
eral
Ass
embl
y. S
uch
sess
ions
wou
ld p
erm
it ex
-ch
ange
s on
the
chal
leng
es a
nd d
ange
rs o
f th
e m
omen
t and
stim
ulat
e id
eas
on h
ow th
e U
nite
d N
atio
ns m
ay b
est s
erve
tost
eer
chan
ge in
to p
eace
ful c
ours
es. I
pro
pose
in a
dditi
on th
atth
e Se
curi
ty C
ounc
il co
ntin
ue to
mee
t at t
he F
orei
gn M
inis
ter
leve
l, as
it h
as e
ffec
tivel
y do
ne in
rec
ent y
ears
, whe
neve
r th
esi
tuat
ion
war
rant
s su
ch m
eetin
gs.
80Po
wer
bri
ngs
spec
ial r
espo
nsib
ilitie
s, a
nd te
mpt
atio
ns.
The
pow
erfu
l mus
t res
ist t
he d
ual b
ut o
ppos
ite c
alls
of
unila
t-er
alis
m a
nd is
olat
ioni
sm if
the
Uni
ted
Nat
ions
is to
suc
ceed
.Fo
r ju
st a
s un
ilate
ralis
m a
t the
glo
bal o
r re
gion
al le
vel c
ansh
ake
the
conf
iden
ce o
f ot
hers
, so
can
isol
atio
nism
, whe
ther
it re
sults
fro
m p
oliti
cal c
hoic
e or
con
stitu
tiona
l cir
cum
-ct
ance
, enf
eebl
e th
e gl
obal
und
erta
king
. Pea
ce a
t hom
e an
dth
e ur
genc
y of
reb
uild
ing
and
stre
ngth
enin
g ou
r in
divi
dual
soci
etie
s ne
cess
itate
s pe
ace
abro
ad a
nd c
oope
ratio
n am
ong
natio
ns. T
he e
ndea
vour
s of
the
Uni
ted
Nat
ions
will
req
uire
the
fulle
st e
ngag
emen
t of
all o
f its
Mem
bers
, lar
ge a
nd s
mal
l,i f
the
pres
ent r
enew
ed o
ppor
tuni
ty is
to b
e se
ized
.si
Dem
ocra
cy w
ithin
nat
ions
req
uire
s re
spec
t for
hum
anri
ghts
and
fun
dam
enta
l fre
edom
s, a
s se
t for
th in
the
Cha
rter
.It
req
uire
s as
wel
l a d
eepe
r un
ders
tand
ing
and
resp
ect f
or th
eri
ghts
of
min
oriti
es a
nd r
espe
ct f
or th
e ne
eds
of th
e m
ore
vul-
net a
ble
grou
ps o
f so
ciet
y, e
spec
ially
wom
en a
nd c
hild
ren.
his
is n
ot o
nly
a po
litic
al m
atte
r. T
he s
ocia
l sta
bilit
y ne
eded
for
prod
uctiv
e gr
owth
is n
urtu
red
by c
ondi
tions
in w
hich
peo
-pl
e ca
n re
adily
exp
i ess
thei
r w
ill. F
or th
is, s
tron
g do
mes
tic
inst
itutio
ns o
f pa
rtic
ipat
ion
are
esse
ntia
l. Pr
omot
ing
such
in-
stitu
tions
mea
ns p
rom
otin
g th
e em
pow
erm
ent o
f th
e un
or-
gani
zed,
the
poor
, the
mar
gina
lized
. To
this
end
, the
foc
us o
fth
e U
nite
d N
atio
ns s
houl
d be
on
the
"fie
ld",
the
loca
tions
whe
re e
cono
mic
, soc
ial a
nd p
oliti
cal d
ecis
ions
take
eff
ect.
Infu
rthe
ranc
e of
this
I a
m ta
king
ste
ps to
rat
iona
lize
and
in c
er-
tain
cas
es in
tegr
ate
the
vari
ous
prog
ram
mes
and
age
ncie
s of
the
Uni
ted
Nat
ions
with
in s
peci
fic
coun
trie
s. T
he s
enio
rU
nite
d N
atio
ns o
ffic
ial i
n ea
ch c
ount
ry s
houl
d be
pre
pare
d to
serv
e, w
hen
need
ed, a
nd w
ith th
e co
nsen
t o f
the
host
aut
hori
-tie
s, a
s m
y R
epre
sent
ativ
e on
mat
ters
of
part
icul
ar c
once
rn.
Dem
ocra
cy w
ithin
the
fam
ily o
f na
tions
mea
ns th
e ap
-82
plic
atio
n of
its
prin
cipl
es w
ithin
the
wor
ld O
rgan
izat
ion
it-se
lf. T
his
requ
ires
the
fulle
st c
onsu
ltatio
n, p
artic
ipat
ion
and
enga
gem
ent o
f al
l Sta
tes,
larg
e an
d sm
all,
in th
e w
ork
of th
eO
rgan
izat
ion.
All
orga
ns o
f th
e U
nite
d N
atio
ns m
ust b
e ac
-co
rded
, and
pla
y, th
eir
full
and
prop
er r
ole
so th
at th
e tr
ust o
fal
l nat
ions
and
peo
ples
will
be
reta
ined
and
des
erve
d. 'H
iepr
inci
ples
of
the
Cha
rter
mus
t be
appl
ied
cons
iste
ntly
, not
se-
lect
ivel
y, f
or if
the
perc
eptio
n sh
ould
be
of th
e la
tter,
trus
tw
ill w
ane
and
with
it th
e m
oral
aut
hori
ty w
hich
is th
e gr
eate
stan
d m
ost u
niqu
e qu
ality
of
that
inst
r um
ent.
Dem
ocra
cy a
t all
leve
ls is
ess
entia
l to
atta
in p
eace
for
a n
ew e
ra o
f pr
ospe
rity
and
just
ice.
Tru
st a
lso
requ
ires
a s
ense
of
con
fide
nce
that
the
wor
ld83
Org
aniz
atio
n w
ill r
eact
sw
iftly
, sur
ely
and
impa
rtia
lly a
ndth
at it
will
not
be
debi
litat
ed b
y po
litic
al o
ppor
tuni
sm o
r by
adm
inis
trat
ive
or f
inan
cial
inad
equa
cy. T
his
pres
uppo
ses
ast
rong
, eff
icie
nt a
nd in
depe
nden
t int
erna
tiona
l civ
il se
rvic
ew
hose
inte
grity
is b
eyon
d qu
estio
n an
d an
ass
ured
fin
anci
alba
sis
that
lift
s th
e O
rgan
izat
ion,
onc
e an
d fo
r al
l, ou
t of
itspr
esen
t men
dica
ncy.
1_1
3 4,
4111
0
48A
n ag
enda
Or p
eace
84Ju
st a
s it
is v
ital t
hat e
ach
of th
e or
gans
of
the
Uni
ted
Na-
tions
em
ploy
its
capa
bilit
ies
in th
e ba
lanc
ed a
ndha
rmon
ious
fash
ion
envi
sion
ed in
the
Cha
rter
, pea
ce in
the
larg
est
sens
eca
nnot
be
acco
mpl
ishe
d by
the
Uni
ted
Nat
ions
syst
em o
r.by
Gov
ernm
ents
alo
ne.
Non
-gov
ernm
enta
l org
aniz
atio
ns,
aca-
dem
ic in
stitu
tions
,pa
rlia
men
tari
ans,
bus
ines
san
d pr
ofes
-si
onal
com
mun
ities
, the
med
ia a
nd th
e pu
blic
at la
rge
mus
tal
l be
invo
lved
. Thi
s w
illst
reng
then
the
wor
ldO
rgan
izat
ion'
sab
ility
to r
efle
ct th
eco
ncer
ns a
nd in
tere
sts
of it
s w
ides
t con
-st
ituen
cy, a
nd th
ose
who
beco
me
mor
e in
volv
edca
n ca
rry
the
wor
d of
Uni
ted
Nat
ions
initi
ativ
es a
nd b
uild
a de
eper
und
er-
stan
ding
of
its w
ork.
85R
efor
m is
a c
ontin
uing
proc
ess,
and
impr
ovem
ent
can
have
no
limit.
Yet
ther
eis
an
expe
ctat
ion,
whi
cli I
wis
h to
see
fulf
illed
, tha
t the
pres
ent p
hase
in th
e re
new
al o
f thi
s O
rgan
i-za
tion
shou
ld b
e co
mpl
ete
by 1
995,
its
fift
ieth
anni
vers
ary.
The
pac
e se
t mus
t the
refo
rebe
incr
ease
d if
the
Uni
ted
Na-
tions
is to
kee
p ah
ead
of th
eac
cele
ratio
n of
his
tory
that
char
-ac
teri
zes
this
age
. We
mus
t be
guid
ed n
ot b
ypr
eced
ents
alon
e, h
owev
er w
ise
thes
e may
be,
but
by
the
need
s of
the
fu-
ture
and
by
the
shap
e an
dco
nten
t tha
t we
wis
h to
giv
e it.
86I
am c
omm
itted
to b
road
dia
logu
e be
twee
n th
eM
embe
rSt
ates
and
the
Secr
etar
y-G
ener
al.
And
I a
m c
omm
itted
tofo
ster
ing
a fu
ll an
dop
en in
terp
lay
betw
een
all i
nstit
utio
nsan
d el
emen
ts o
f th
eO
rgan
izat
ion
so th
at th
e C
hart
er's
obje
c-tiv
es m
ay n
ot o
nly
bebe
tter
serv
ed, b
ut th
at th
isO
rgan
izat
ion
may
em
erge
as
grea
ter
than
the
sum
of
its p
arts
. The
Uni
ted
Nat
ions
was
cre
ated
with
a gr
eat a
nd c
oura
geou
s vi
sion
. Now
is th
e tim
e, f
or it
s na
tions
and
peop
les,
and
the
men
and
wom
en w
ho s
erve
it, t
o se
ize
the
mom
ent f
or th
e sa
ke o
f th
efu
ture
.
I
INI)
EX
[The
man
lwrs
.fal
laiv
ing
the
entr
iec
refe
rto
para
grap
h nu
mbe
r.s
in th
e re
port
.]
AA
dmin
istr
ativ
e C
omm
ittee
onC
oord
inat
ion
40, 7
4A
fric
a9.
62
Air
trav
el, l
evy
on 7
1A
meh
orat
ion,
thro
ugh
assi
stan
ce 4
0S
ee a
ho H
uman
itaria
nas
sist
ance
Arm
ed fo
rces
, ava
ilabi
lity
of 4
3A
rms
redu
ctio
n 11
Arm
s R
egis
ter
71
Arm
s sa
les,
levy
on 7
1A
sia
9
Ass
esse
d co
ntrib
utio
ns,
of.
Mem
ber
Sta
tes
70(o
h 71
Ass
ocia
tion
of S
outh
-Eas
tA
sian
Nat
ions
62
Bal
kans
62
Cam
bodi
a 62
Cea
se-f
ires,
enf
orce
men
t of
44C
hart
er o
f the
Uni
ted
Nat
ions
1. 2
. 3, 1
6, 2
2, 2
5(0,
2S (
r.),
30, 3
5, 3
6, 4
2, 6
0, M
, 63,
64,
72, 7
4, 7
5, 8
2, 8
4, 8
6A
rt. 2
(7)
30
Art
. 36
38A
rt. 3
738
Art
. 40
44A
rt. 4
141
Art
42
42, 4
3
Art
. 43
43, 4
4A
rt. 4
7(2)
43
Art
. 50
41A
rt. 6
5 26
Art
. 96(
2) 3
8A
rt. 9
9 25
(a)
Ch.
VI 2
0, 3
4C
h. V
II 42
, 43,
68
Ch.
VIII
60,
63
Civ
ilian
mis
sioa
per
sonn
el20
,29
, 47,
50,
52
Civ
il w
ar 1
5, 5
5,75
Col
d w
ar 1
. 2, 1
5.60
Cof
lect
ive
secu
rity
42. 6
3
Com
mer
cial
boo
ow
ing,
by th
eU
nite
d N
atio
ns 7
0C
ompe
titiv
e bi
ddin
g, b
yth
eU
nite
d N
atio
ns 7
3C
onfe
renc
e on
Sec
urity
and
Coo
pera
tion
in E
urop
e62
Con
fiden
ce-b
uild
ing
mea
sure
s24
Con
flict
res
olut
ion
See
Dis
pute
set
tlem
ent
Con
vent
iona
l arm
s12
Coo
pera
tion,
bet
wee
n th
eU
nite
d N
atio
ns a
ndre
ogio
5nal
org
aniz
,ions
Dec
lara
tion
on th
eP
reve
ntio
nan
d R
emov
al o
f Dis
pute
san
d S
ituat
ions
whi
chm
ay'th
reat
en In
ter
nat i
onal
4 9
13 6
50A
n ag
enda
for
pea
ce
Pea
ce a
nd S
ecur
ity a
nd o
nth
e R
ole
of th
e U
nite
dN
atio
ns in
this
fiel
d34
Dec
olon
izat
ion
19, 2
2
Dem
ilita
rized
zon
es 2
3, 3
3, 5
8D
e-m
inin
g 58
Dem
ocra
cy 9
. 82
Dip
lom
acy
15, 2
0, 2
3, 4
4D
isar
mam
ent 2
2D
isea
se, e
arly
war
ning
22,
26
Dis
pute
set
tleM
ent
15, 3
4, 3
5,
37, 1
9, 4
0,50
, 70
Ear
ly w
arni
ng 2
3, 2
6 27
Eco
nom
ic d
evel
opm
ent 1
2Ile
ctio
ns, m
onito
ring
of 5
5II
Sal
vado
r 62
Env
ironm
ent
17, 2
2, 2
6
Equ
ipm
ent,
for
peac
e-ke
epin
gop
erat
ions
50
Film
ic g
roup
sS
ee M
inor
ities
Eur
opea
n C
omm
unity
62
12
Fac
t fin
ding
11, 2
5
I man
cing
21,
25
asse
ssed
con
trib
utio
ns7n
tar.
71
com
mer
cial
bor
row
ing
70co
mpe
titiv
e bi
ddin
g 73
finan
cial
reg
ulat
ions
, Uni
ted
Nat
ions
70(
h)In
tern
atio
nal M
onet
ary
Fun
d71
levy ;H
T tr
avel
71
arm
s sa
les
rtal
e of
ass
essm
ents
71
Wm
Id B
ank
II
"Frie
nds
of th
eS
ecre
tary
-Gen
eral
" 62
Gen
eral
Ass
embl
y10
, 16,
18,
25 (
a), 2
5 (c
), 3
0, 3
4, 3
6, 3
7,
48, 7
0, 7
3, 7
4
and
min
oriti
es18
prev
entiv
e di
plom
acy,
rol
e in
23
Glo
balis
m 1
9
Ii nm
anita
rian
assi
stan
ce 2
9, 4
1lIu
man
itaria
n R
evol
ving
Fun
d70
}Inm
an r
ight
s5,
18,
55,
80
Info
rmat
ion-
gath
erin
g 23
Inte
rnat
iona
l Ban
k fo
rR
econ
stru
ctio
n an
dD
evel
opm
ent
See
Wor
ld B
ank
Inte
rnat
iona
l Civ
il S
ervi
ce,
inde
pend
ence
of 8
3In
tern
atio
nal C
ourt
of J
ustic
e.S
ee W
orld
Cou
rtIn
tern
atio
nal l
aw 2
2In
tern
atio
nal M
onet
ary
Fun
d71
Inte
rnat
iona
l sec
urity
3, 1
2, 1
3,
16, 1
7, 2
2, 2
6, 3
4, 3
6. 4
2, 4
3,
59, 6
0, 6
4, 6
8
Inte
r-st
ate
disp
utes
28
Iraq
and
Kuw
ait,
situ
atio
nbe
twee
n 42
Isol
atio
nism
80
Latin
Am
eric
a 9
eagu
e of
Ara
b S
tate
s 62
Inde
x51
Leag
ue o
f Nat
ions
18, 6
0, 7
5
Ling
uist
ic g
ro;
See
Min
oriti
es
Man
ila D
ecla
ratio
n on
the
Pea
cefu
l Set
tlem
ent o
fIn
tern
atio
nal D
ispu
tes
34M
assi
ve m
igra
tions
15
Med
iatio
n 36
Mili
tary
forc
e 42
Mili
tary
mis
sion
s, e
xcha
nge
betw
een
Sta
tes
24M
ilita
ry p
erso
nnel
20,
29,
44,
47, 5
0, 5
2
Mili
tary
Sta
ff C
omm
ittee
43
Min
oriti
es18
, 80
Nat
iona
lism
19
Nat
ural
dis
aste
rs 2
6N
egot
iatio
n 35
, 37.
43
Nic
arag
ua 6
2N
on-g
over
nmen
tal
orga
niza
tions
16, 2
9, 5
1, 8
4
Nuc
lear
acc
iden
ts 2
6
Obs
erve
r st
atus
, reg
iona
lor
gani
zatio
ns 2
7O
rgan
izat
ion
of A
fric
an U
nity
62
Org
aniz
atio
n of
Am
eric
anS
tate
s 62
Org
aniz
atio
n of
the
Isla
mic
Con
fere
nce
62
13
Pea
ce a
nd s
ecur
ityS
ee In
tern
atio
nal s
ecur
ityP
eace
-bui
ldin
g5,
IS. 2
1, 4
5, 4
8,
55-5
9, 6
6
agre
emen
ts fo
r en
ding
conf
licts
55
coop
erat
ion,
bet
wee
n S
tate
s55
defin
ition
21
tech
nica
l ass
ista
nce
59l'e
ace-
enfo
rcem
ent u
nits
44-
4SP
eace
ful s
ettle
men
tS
ee D
ispu
te s
ettle
men
tP
eace
-kee
ping
I, S
.1I,
20. 2
1,
44, 4
5, 4
6-54
, 55,
57,
58,
66.
71, 7
3
civi
lian
pers
onne
l 47,
50,
52
cost
47,
48,
70
defin
ition
20
dem
and
for
47-4
9eq
uipm
ent 5
0fin
anci
ng 4
7lo
gist
ics
51, 5
3-54
new
dep
artu
res
in50
pers
onne
l11
, 44.
47,
50,
51.
52
trai
ning
, of p
erso
nnel
52
l'eac
e-ke
epin
g fo
rces
44
Pea
ce-k
eepi
ng r
eser
ve fu
nd70
,
73
Pea
cem
aker
sP
eace
mak
ing
34-4
6 , 5
5 ,
15,
1, 57,
50 5, 1
5,
66
20,
21,
amel
iora
tion,
thro
ugh
assi
stan
ce 4
0an
d m
ilita
ry fo
rce
42-4
1de
finiti
on20
Pea
ce 6
,13
, 1 5
,17
,21
, 22,
26,
peac
e en
forc
emen
t uni
ts34
, 16,
64, 6
5,
41. 4
1, 4
8,
80, 8
4
56, c
9, 6
0,44
.45
spec
ial e
cono
mic
pro
blem
s,P
eace
, age
nda
for
7582
.136
52A
n ag
enda
for
pea
ce
and
sanc
tion
impk
men
tatio
n 41
Wor
id C
ourt
38-
39P
erso
nnel
, pea
ce-k
eepi
ng 2
0,21
, 29,
33,
44,
47,
50,
51-
52
safe
ty 6
6-68
Pol
ice
pers
onne
l20
, 21,
29,
47,
50, 5
7
Pol
itica
l dev
elop
men
ts,
fact
-fin
ding
25
Pol
itica
l opp
ress
ion
15
Pop
ulat
ion
5, 1
3, 2
2, 2
3, 2
6
Pop
ulat
ion
mov
emen
ts 2
7S
ee a
lso
Ref
ugee
sP
ost-
conf
lict p
eace
-bui
ldin
gS
ee P
eace
-bui
ldin
gP
over
ty13
Pre
vent
ive
depl
oym
ent 2
3,28
-32,
5R
cros
s-bo
rder
atta
cks
31hu
man
itaria
n as
sist
ance
29,
30
inte
r-S
tate
dis
pute
s28
, 31
staf
f 29
Pre
vent
ive
dipl
omac
y 1,
5, 2
0,21
, 23-
33, 2
5 (a
), 5
7, 6
6
conf
iden
ce-b
uild
ing
mea
sure
s24
defin
ition
20
dem
ilita
rized
zon
esea
rly w
arni
ng 2
6fa
ct-f
indi
ng 2
5
Rei
m in
, of t
he U
nite
d N
atio
nsxc
Ref
ugee
s I1
Reg
iona
l at i
ns a
gree
men
ts 2
4R
egio
nal a
rran
gem
ents
(o)
Reg
iona
l org
ani7
atio
ns 4
, 11,
16, 2
4, 2
7, 6
0-65
31
i
and
prev
entiv
e di
plom
acy
23ob
serv
er s
tatu
s, a
t the
Uni
ted
Nat
ions
27
Rel
igio
us g
roup
sS
ee M
inor
ities
Res
truc
turin
gS
ee S
ecre
taria
t, of
the
Uni
ted
Nat
ions
Ris
k re
duct
ion
cent
res
24
Sec
reta
riat o
f the
Uni
ted
Nat
ions
24,
48,
51,
52,
74
rest
ruct
urin
g 74
Sec
reta
ry-G
ener
al4,
5, 1
6, 2
1,
25 (
a), 2
5 (c
), 3
7, 3
8, 4
0, 4
4,
62, 7
0 te
), 7
3
disp
ute
settl
emen
t 37,
38
Sec
urity
Cou
ncil
1, 4
, 16,
25
(O.
26,
31,
32,
35,
36,
37,
38,
40,
41,
42,
43,
44,
48,
50,
63,
64,
65,
68,
73,
77.
79
veto
14,
15,
78
Sec
urity
per
sonn
el, t
rain
ing
55
Sel
f-de
term
inat
ion
19
Soc
ial i
njus
tice
I 5
Soc
ial p
eace
H, 5
9S
omal
ia 6
2S
over
eign
tyI I
, 17,
19,
30
Spe
cial
eco
nom
ic p
robl
ems,
and
sanc
tion
impl
emen
tatio
n 41
Spe
cial
env
oys,
rol
e in
fact
-fin
ding
25
(e)
Spe
cial
ized
age
ncie
s2.
1. 2
6
Sta
teho
od17
Sta
tesm
en, r
ole
in p
zace
mak
ing
37
ethn
ical
ass
ista
nce
59
Inde
x53
Ter
ritor
ial i
nteg
rity
19
Uni
ted
Nat
ions
Con
fere
nce
onE
nviro
nmen
t and
Dev
elop
men
t 5U
nite
d N
atio
ns D
ecad
e of
Inte
rnat
iona
l Law
39
(a)
Uni
ted
Nat
ions
Pea
ceE
ndow
men
t Fun
d 70
Uni
ted
!sla
t ion
s st
aff,
olc
inpr
even
tive
dipl
omac
y 21
,25
(I),
RI
Uni
ted
Nat
ions
sys
tem
16, 2
9,
40, 7
7, 8
4
VV
eto,
Sec
urity
Cou
ncil
14, I
S.
78
War
fare
13,
14,
15
Wea
pons
of m
ass
dest
ruct
ion
5
Wor
king
Cap
ital F
und
70W
orld
Ban
k 71
Wor
ld C
onfe
renc
e on
1 In
man
Rig
hts
s
Wm
Id C
ourt
38-
19W
orld
Sum
mit
for
Soc
ial
Dev
elop
men
ts
1
islim
mal
wam
min
imm
irism
wai
silm
mis
mirA
rAw
Arn
Evaluation
Your brief evaluation of this curriculum would be greatly appreciated by itsauthors and publisher. (If more space is needed, please attach.) Please send your
comments to: UNA-MN, 1929 S Sth St., Minneapolis, MN 55454, attention:Mary Eileen Sorenson
Title of curriculum used:
Number of students taught: Grade level:
Course title used in:How used (eg. supplemental, with Model U.N., etc.):
Students comments:
Teacher comments:
Strengths/Weaknesses of the curriculum:
Suggestions for improvement:
Other topics and issues for which you would like to see teaching aids developed:
Suggested format for these teaching aids (eg. video, software, etc.):
Materials you have used to teach about the United Nations that you would
recommend:
141
98
UNITED NATIONS ASSOCIATION OF THE UNITED STATES OF AMERICA485 FIFTH AVENUE NEW YORK, NY 10017-6104 (212) 697-3232 FAX (212) 682-9185
14 2
U.S. Dept. of Education
Office of EducationalResearch and Improvement (OERI)
E 1 CDate Filmed
March 27, 1996
I.
30 (D5-13-U.S. DEPARTMENT OF EDUCATION
Office of Educational Research and Improvement (OERI)Educational Resources Information Center (ERIC)
REPRODUCTION RELEASE(43fanket
DOCUMENT IDENTIFICATION (Class of Documents):
ERIC]
All Publiations:
Series (Identify Series):
Division/Department Publications (Specify)
II. REPRODUCTION RELEASE:
In order to disseminate as widely as possible timely and significant materials of interest to the educational community, documentsannounced in the monthly abstract journal of the ERIC system, Resources in Education (RIE), are usually made available to usersin microfiche, reproduced paper copy, and electronic/optical media, and sold through the ERIC Document Reproduction Service(EDRS) or other ERIC vendors. Credit is given to the source of each document, and, if reproduction release is oranted, one ofthe following notices is affixed lo the document.
If permission is granted to reproduce the identified document, plese CHECK ONE of the following options and sign the release
/1) al)/ kitvbelow.
411 Sample sticker to be affixed to document
Check herePermittingmicrofiche(4"x 6" film),paper copy,electronic,and optical mediareproduction
"PERMISSION TO REPRODUCE THISMATERIAL HAS BEEN GRANTED BY
1,e
VICTO THE EDUCATIONAL RESOURCES
INFORMATION CENTER (ERIC)"
Level 1
Sample sticker to be affixed to document gO
"PERMISSION TO REPRODUCE THISMATERIAL IN OTHER THAN PAPER
COPY HAS BEEN GRANTED BY
TO THE EDUCATIONAL RESOURCESINFORMATION CENTER (ERIC)."
Level 2
or here
Permittingreproductionin other thanpaper copy.
Sign Here, PleaseDocuments will be processed as indicated provided reproduction quality permits. If permission to reproduce is granted, but
neither box is checked, documents will be processed at Level 1.
"I hereby grant to the Educational Resources Information Center (ERIC) nonexclusive permission to reproduce these documents asindicated above. Reproduction from the ERIC microfiche or electronic/optical media by persons other than ERIC employees and itssystem contractors requires permission from the copyright holder. Exception is made for non-profit reproduction by libraries and otherservice agencies to satisfy information needs of educators in response to discrete inquiries."
SIT/1.re:.i.A.-
.
111-4-..-1 Stri12.4.1-9.r.v....,
Position:cil e1514-7 a-0 fit--.-L_I
Printed Na e
tiAii.-f Eii___ct.,.) -S o R-12--411 S'ci t)Organization
Address:19 11 S1J 5-1-)" 51-#
014-)15 10 Ss---qs-ii) i-1-
Telephone Number:161 2- )33 2- (-/
Date: li 30/56--OVER
